US20190337893A1 - Antibiotic sensitivity-restoring and photosensitive agents - Google Patents
Antibiotic sensitivity-restoring and photosensitive agents Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20190337893A1 US20190337893A1 US16/266,684 US201916266684A US2019337893A1 US 20190337893 A1 US20190337893 A1 US 20190337893A1 US 201916266684 A US201916266684 A US 201916266684A US 2019337893 A1 US2019337893 A1 US 2019337893A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- compound
- group
- fold
- synergy
- compounds
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 title description 52
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 463
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 146
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 63
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 claims abstract description 53
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 claims abstract description 44
- 229920000024 polymyxin B Polymers 0.000 claims description 66
- 229960005266 polymyxin b Drugs 0.000 claims description 66
- 108010093965 Polymyxin B Proteins 0.000 claims description 65
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims description 60
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 58
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 53
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 44
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 39
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 39
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 38
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 38
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical group 0.000 claims description 38
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 35
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 35
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 34
- 241000588626 Acinetobacter baumannii Species 0.000 claims description 32
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 32
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 32
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 32
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 30
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 28
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 27
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 27
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamic acid Chemical group NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000000018 nitroso group Chemical group N(=O)* 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000002102 aryl alkyloxo group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 23
- 125000001033 ether group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 22
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical group 0.000 claims description 22
- MBVFRSJFKMJRHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-fluoro-1-benzofuran-7-carbaldehyde Chemical group FC1=CC=C(C=O)C2=C1C=CO2 MBVFRSJFKMJRHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000005587 carbonate group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000002843 carboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000000879 imine group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000000565 sulfonamide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000001174 sulfone group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000003375 sulfoxide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 19
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000004446 heteroarylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000004415 heterocyclylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000000542 sulfonic acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000000101 thioether group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 206010059866 Drug resistance Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 12
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000008261 resistance mechanism Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- RJQXTJLFIWVMTO-TYNCELHUSA-N Methicillin Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(OC)=C1C(=O)N[C@@H]1C(=O)N2[C@@H](C(O)=O)C(C)(C)S[C@@H]21 RJQXTJLFIWVMTO-TYNCELHUSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 229960003085 meticillin Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- RAHZWNYVWXNFOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfur dioxide Inorganic materials O=S=O RAHZWNYVWXNFOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 241000191967 Staphylococcus aureus Species 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000001678 irradiating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical group 0.000 claims 3
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 abstract description 88
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 abstract description 66
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 abstract description 12
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 abstract description 9
- 208000035143 Bacterial infection Diseases 0.000 abstract description 5
- 208000022362 bacterial infectious disease Diseases 0.000 abstract description 5
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 abstract description 2
- 229940125904 compound 1 Drugs 0.000 description 140
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 132
- 108010078777 Colistin Proteins 0.000 description 107
- JORAUNFTUVJTNG-BSTBCYLQSA-N n-[(2s)-4-amino-1-[[(2s,3r)-1-[[(2s)-4-amino-1-oxo-1-[[(3s,6s,9s,12s,15r,18s,21s)-6,9,18-tris(2-aminoethyl)-3-[(1r)-1-hydroxyethyl]-12,15-bis(2-methylpropyl)-2,5,8,11,14,17,20-heptaoxo-1,4,7,10,13,16,19-heptazacyclotricos-21-yl]amino]butan-2-yl]amino]-3-h Polymers CC(C)CCCCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCN)C(=O)N[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)CN[C@@H](CCN)C(=O)N[C@H]1CCNC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCN)NC1=O.CCC(C)CCCCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCN)C(=O)N[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)CN[C@@H](CCN)C(=O)N[C@H]1CCNC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCN)NC1=O JORAUNFTUVJTNG-BSTBCYLQSA-N 0.000 description 107
- XDJYMJULXQKGMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N polymyxin E1 Natural products CCC(C)CCCCC(=O)NC(CCN)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)NC(CCN)C(=O)NC1CCNC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C(CCN)NC(=O)C(CCN)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CCN)NC1=O XDJYMJULXQKGMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 107
- -1 cyclopenta-1,3-dienyl Chemical group 0.000 description 101
- 229960001180 norfloxacin Drugs 0.000 description 95
- OGJPXUAPXNRGGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N norfloxacin Chemical compound C1=C2N(CC)C=C(C(O)=O)C(=O)C2=CC(F)=C1N1CCNCC1 OGJPXUAPXNRGGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 94
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 93
- 229960001019 oxacillin Drugs 0.000 description 88
- UWYHMGVUTGAWSP-JKIFEVAISA-N oxacillin Chemical compound N([C@@H]1C(N2[C@H](C(C)(C)S[C@@H]21)C(O)=O)=O)C(=O)C1=C(C)ON=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 UWYHMGVUTGAWSP-JKIFEVAISA-N 0.000 description 87
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 53
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 53
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 description 52
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 51
- 230000002147 killing effect Effects 0.000 description 50
- 229960002180 tetracycline Drugs 0.000 description 50
- 229930101283 tetracycline Natural products 0.000 description 50
- 108010059993 Vancomycin Proteins 0.000 description 47
- 229960003165 vancomycin Drugs 0.000 description 47
- MYPYJXKWCTUITO-UHFFFAOYSA-N vancomycin Natural products O1C(C(=C2)Cl)=CC=C2C(O)C(C(NC(C2=CC(O)=CC(O)=C2C=2C(O)=CC=C3C=2)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C3NC(=O)C2NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC)C(O)C(C=C3Cl)=CC=C3OC3=CC2=CC1=C3OC1OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C1OC1CC(C)(N)C(O)C(C)O1 MYPYJXKWCTUITO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 47
- MYPYJXKWCTUITO-LYRMYLQWSA-O vancomycin(1+) Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1OC1=C2C=C3C=C1OC1=CC=C(C=C1Cl)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]3C(=O)N[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](C3=CC(O)=CC(O)=C3C=3C(O)=CC=C1C=3)C([O-])=O)=O)[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(C(=C1)Cl)O2)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC(C)C)[NH2+]C)[C@H]1C[C@](C)([NH3+])[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 MYPYJXKWCTUITO-LYRMYLQWSA-O 0.000 description 46
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 38
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 36
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 36
- AICOOMRHRUFYCM-ZRRPKQBOSA-N oxazine, 1 Chemical compound C([C@@H]1[C@H](C(C[C@]2(C)[C@@H]([C@H](C)N(C)C)[C@H](O)C[C@]21C)=O)CC1=CC2)C[C@H]1[C@@]1(C)[C@H]2N=C(C(C)C)OC1 AICOOMRHRUFYCM-ZRRPKQBOSA-N 0.000 description 34
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 30
- 0 [1*]N1c2ccccc-2-c([3*])c1[2*] Chemical compound [1*]N1c2ccccc-2-c([3*])c1[2*] 0.000 description 28
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 28
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 27
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 26
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 26
- JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N olefin Natural products CCCCCCCC=C JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- 229940125773 compound 10 Drugs 0.000 description 25
- ZLVXBBHTMQJRSX-VMGNSXQWSA-N jdtic Chemical compound C1([C@]2(C)CCN(C[C@@H]2C)C[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H]2NCC3=CC(O)=CC=C3C2)=CC=CC(O)=C1 ZLVXBBHTMQJRSX-VMGNSXQWSA-N 0.000 description 25
- 125000002813 thiocarbonyl group Chemical group *C(*)=S 0.000 description 25
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 24
- QFLWZFQWSBQYPS-AWRAUJHKSA-N (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[5-[(3aS,6aR)-2-oxo-1,3,3a,4,6,6a-hexahydrothieno[3,4-d]imidazol-4-yl]pentanoylamino]-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoyl]amino]-4-[1-bis(4-chlorophenoxy)phosphorylbutylamino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound CCCC(NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](Cc1ccc(O)cc1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CCCCC1SC[C@@H]2NC(=O)N[C@H]12)C(C)C)P(=O)(Oc1ccc(Cl)cc1)Oc1ccc(Cl)cc1 QFLWZFQWSBQYPS-AWRAUJHKSA-N 0.000 description 23
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 23
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 21
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 21
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 21
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 20
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 20
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 19
- 229930182566 Gentamicin Natural products 0.000 description 19
- CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N Gentamicin Chemical compound O1[C@H](C(C)NC)CC[C@@H](N)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](NC)[C@@](C)(O)CO2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N 0.000 description 19
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 230000022534 cell killing Effects 0.000 description 19
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 18
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 18
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 17
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 17
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 16
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 16
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000002428 photodynamic therapy Methods 0.000 description 13
- 229960000707 tobramycin Drugs 0.000 description 13
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 description 12
- ULGZDMOVFRHVEP-RWJQBGPGSA-N Erythromycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](C)C(=O)O[C@@H]([C@@]([C@H](O)[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@H](C)C[C@@](C)(O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@H](C[C@@H](C)O2)N(C)C)O)[C@H]1C)(C)O)CC)[C@H]1C[C@@](C)(OC)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 ULGZDMOVFRHVEP-RWJQBGPGSA-N 0.000 description 12
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-WFGJKAKNSA-N acetone d6 Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])C(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] CSCPPACGZOOCGX-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 238000011278 co-treatment Methods 0.000 description 12
- NLVFBUXFDBBNBW-PBSUHMDJSA-N tobramycin Chemical compound N[C@@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](CN)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N NLVFBUXFDBBNBW-PBSUHMDJSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 238000001644 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 11
- 229960003722 doxycycline Drugs 0.000 description 11
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- SGKRLCUYIXIAHR-AKNGSSGZSA-N (4s,4ar,5s,5ar,6r,12ar)-4-(dimethylamino)-1,5,10,11,12a-pentahydroxy-6-methyl-3,12-dioxo-4a,5,5a,6-tetrahydro-4h-tetracene-2-carboxamide Chemical compound C1=CC=C2[C@H](C)[C@@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H]3[C@](C(O)=C(C(N)=O)C(=O)[C@H]3N(C)C)(O)C3=O)C3=C(O)C2=C1O SGKRLCUYIXIAHR-AKNGSSGZSA-N 0.000 description 10
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 9
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 9
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 9
- UNJRQDPTLDVHOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-nitro-2-phenyl-1h-indole Chemical compound C=1C2=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C2NC=1C1=CC=CC=C1 UNJRQDPTLDVHOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 241000588697 Enterobacter cloacae Species 0.000 description 8
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000004419 alkynylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 229960000723 ampicillin Drugs 0.000 description 8
- AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N ampicillin Chemical compound C1([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@H]3SC([C@@H](N3C2=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)=CC=CC=C1 AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- YKQOSKADJPQZHB-YNWHQGOSSA-N n-[(2s)-4-amino-1-[[(2s,3r)-1-[[(2s)-4-amino-1-oxo-1-[[(3s,6s,9s,12s,15r,18s,21s)-6,9,18-tris(2-aminoethyl)-3-[(1s)-1-hydroxyethyl]-12,15-bis(2-methylpropyl)-2,5,8,11,14,17,20-heptaoxo-1,4,7,10,13,16,19-heptazacyclotricos-21-yl]amino]butan-2-yl]amino]-3-h Polymers CCC(C)CCCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCN)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCN)C(=O)N[C@H]1CCNC(=O)[C@H]([C@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCN)NC1=O YKQOSKADJPQZHB-YNWHQGOSSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 8
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 241000588747 Klebsiella pneumoniae Species 0.000 description 7
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 7
- 241000194019 Streptococcus mutans Species 0.000 description 7
- 241000193996 Streptococcus pyogenes Species 0.000 description 7
- 230000036512 infertility Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229940056360 penicillin g Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000001974 tryptic soy broth Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000006150 trypticase soy agar Substances 0.000 description 7
- 108010050327 trypticase-soy broth Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 6
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000007541 cellular toxicity Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229960004679 doxorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 229960003276 erythromycin Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 6
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Chemical group C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 150000002475 indoles Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000008279 sol Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 6
- DNXIKVLOVZVMQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3beta,16beta,17alpha,18beta,20alpha)-17-hydroxy-11-methoxy-18-[(3,4,5-trimethoxybenzoyl)oxy]-yohimban-16-carboxylic acid, methyl ester Natural products C1C2CN3CCC(C4=CC=C(OC)C=C4N4)=C4C3CC2C(C(=O)OC)C(O)C1OC(=O)C1=CC(OC)=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 DNXIKVLOVZVMQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 5
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 5
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- LCQMZZCPPSWADO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Reserpilin Natural products COC(=O)C1COCC2CN3CCc4c([nH]c5cc(OC)c(OC)cc45)C3CC12 LCQMZZCPPSWADO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- QEVHRUUCFGRFIF-SFWBKIHZSA-N Reserpine Natural products O=C(OC)[C@@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@H](OC(=O)c2cc(OC)c(OC)c(OC)c2)C[C@H]2[C@@H]1C[C@H]1N(C2)CCc2c3c([nH]c12)cc(OC)cc3 QEVHRUUCFGRFIF-SFWBKIHZSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000006165 cyclic alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 5
- 150000002926 oxygen Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- BJOIZNZVOZKDIG-MDEJGZGSSA-N reserpine Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H]2C[C@@H]3C4=C([C]5C=CC(OC)=CC5=N4)CCN3C[C@H]2C1)C(=O)OC)OC)C(=O)C1=CC(OC)=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 BJOIZNZVOZKDIG-MDEJGZGSSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229960003147 reserpine Drugs 0.000 description 5
- MDMGHDFNKNZPAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N roserpine Natural products C1C2CN3CCC(C4=CC=C(OC)C=C4N4)=C4C3CC2C(OC(C)=O)C(OC)C1OC(=O)C1=CC(OC)=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 MDMGHDFNKNZPAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 5
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 4
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical group C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylmorpholine Chemical compound CN1CCOCC1 SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical group C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical group C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical group CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000005388 borosilicate glass Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000001951 carbamoylamino group Chemical group C(N)(=O)N* 0.000 description 4
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010611 checkerboard assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- MYPYJXKWCTUITO-KIIOPKALSA-N chembl3301825 Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1OC1=C2C=C3C=C1OC1=CC=C(C=C1Cl)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]3C(=O)N[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@H](C3=CC(O)=CC(O)=C3C=3C(O)=CC=C1C=3)C(O)=O)=O)[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(C(=C1)Cl)O2)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC(C)C)NC)[C@H]1C[C@](C)(N)C(O)[C@H](C)O1 MYPYJXKWCTUITO-KIIOPKALSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N diisopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)NC(C)C UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000000262 haloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000000232 haloalkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000012729 immediate-release (IR) formulation Substances 0.000 description 4
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 4
- 231100000028 nontoxic concentration Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- GHOKWGTUZJEAQD-ZETCQYMHSA-N (D)-(+)-Pantothenic acid Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)[C@@H](O)C(=O)NCCC(O)=O GHOKWGTUZJEAQD-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PAMIQIKDUOTOBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylpiperidine Chemical compound CN1CCCCC1 PAMIQIKDUOTOBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FNYWISSUQUCFQL-ISLYRVAYSA-N BrC1=CC=C(/N=N/C2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1 Chemical compound BrC1=CC=C(/N=N/C2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1 FNYWISSUQUCFQL-ISLYRVAYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MSYIYAAOKBCGET-UHFFFAOYSA-N C1=CC=C(N=NC2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(N=NC3=CC=CC=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(N=NC2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1.COC1=CC=C(N=NC2=C(C3=CC=C(OC)C=C3)CC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1 Chemical compound C1=CC=C(N=NC2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(N=NC3=CC=CC=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(N=NC2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1.COC1=CC=C(N=NC2=C(C3=CC=C(OC)C=C3)CC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1 MSYIYAAOKBCGET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UYWLQEPMPVDASH-BQYQJAHWSA-N CC(C)(C)/C=C/C(C)(C)C Chemical compound CC(C)(C)/C=C/C(C)(C)C UYWLQEPMPVDASH-BQYQJAHWSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WUIWIKFVEGMXAH-UNZYHPAISA-N CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1 WUIWIKFVEGMXAH-UNZYHPAISA-N 0.000 description 3
- QLVRXJDFFULCRR-JTOAUJHISA-N CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1 QLVRXJDFFULCRR-JTOAUJHISA-N 0.000 description 3
- GAPYQFANRMFSJB-UNZYHPAISA-N CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(F)C=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(F)C=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1 GAPYQFANRMFSJB-UNZYHPAISA-N 0.000 description 3
- QYMNXEPCYCOXDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C(C2=C(C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(N=NC2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1.COC1=CC=C(C2=C(C3=CC=C(C)C=C3)CC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C2=C(C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(N=NC2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1.COC1=CC=C(C2=C(C3=CC=C(C)C=C3)CC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1 QYMNXEPCYCOXDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- TWHSLXUWIMVEOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C(C2=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC(Cl)=CC=C3C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C2=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC(Cl)=CC=C3C2)C=C1 TWHSLXUWIMVEOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VDPLJCBGXONOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C(C2=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C2=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1 VDPLJCBGXONOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XUUJEGLZQCGOHT-HBKJEHTGSA-N COC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(C)C=C3)NC3=C2C=CC=C3)C=C1 Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(C)C=C3)NC3=C2C=CC=C3)C=C1 XUUJEGLZQCGOHT-HBKJEHTGSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XFYVEYAJEDTELG-ISLYRVAYSA-N ClC1=CC=C(/N=N/C2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1 Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C(/N=N/C2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1 XFYVEYAJEDTELG-ISLYRVAYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000588921 Enterobacteriaceae Species 0.000 description 3
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical group C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010018338 Glioma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000015841 Major facilitator superfamily Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108050004064 Major facilitator superfamily Proteins 0.000 description 3
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 3
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical group C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000223109 Trypanosoma cruzi Species 0.000 description 3
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940126575 aminoglycoside Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229960001585 dicloxacillin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- YFAGHNZHGGCZAX-JKIFEVAISA-N dicloxacillin Chemical compound N([C@@H]1C(N2[C@H](C(C)(C)S[C@@H]21)C(O)=O)=O)C(=O)C1=C(C)ON=C1C1=C(Cl)C=CC=C1Cl YFAGHNZHGGCZAX-JKIFEVAISA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- TWBYWOBDOCUKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N isonicotinic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=NC=C1 TWBYWOBDOCUKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003120 macrolide antibiotic agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940041033 macrolides Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 3
- 244000045947 parasite Species 0.000 description 3
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 3
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000036515 potency Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 3
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 3
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940040944 tetracyclines Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000037965 uterine sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000003952 β-lactams Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- GCKMFJBGXUYNAG-XUFBONQXSA-N (8r,9s,10r,13s,14r,17s)-17-hydroxy-10,13,17-trimethyl-2,6,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16-decahydro-1h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-3-one Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@H]1CC[C@](C)(O)[C@@]1(C)CC2 GCKMFJBGXUYNAG-XUFBONQXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KILNVBDSWZSGLL-KXQOOQHDSA-N 1,2-dihexadecanoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC KILNVBDSWZSGLL-KXQOOQHDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IHPYMWDTONKSCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2'-piperazine-1,4-diylbisethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CCN1CCN(CCS(O)(=O)=O)CC1 IHPYMWDTONKSCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WXTMDXOMEHJXQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dihydroxybenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC(O)=CC=C1O WXTMDXOMEHJXQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DVLFYONBTKHTER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(N-morpholino)propanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CCCN1CCOCC1 DVLFYONBTKHTER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001826 4H-pyranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CCC=C1)* 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010003571 Astrocytoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010060971 Astrocytoma malignant Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyric acid Chemical compound CCCC(O)=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MDUGNBAKFXFHLK-USRGLUTNSA-N C.CC(C)(C)/C=C/C(C)(C)C Chemical compound C.CC(C)(C)/C=C/C(C)(C)C MDUGNBAKFXFHLK-USRGLUTNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SYPVKDXCAATBQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.COC1=CC=C(C2=C(C3=CC=C(C)C=C3)CC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1 Chemical compound C.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.COC1=CC=C(C2=C(C3=CC=C(C)C=C3)CC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1 SYPVKDXCAATBQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HSJQMJYTZADLOS-YTEMWHBBSA-N C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1 Chemical compound C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1 HSJQMJYTZADLOS-YTEMWHBBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101100407084 Caenorhabditis elegans parp-2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010007953 Central nervous system lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- CRLHQIASHPZSQP-ISLYRVAYSA-N Clc(cc1)ccc1/N=N/c1c[nH]c2ccccc12 Chemical compound Clc(cc1)ccc1/N=N/c1c[nH]c2ccccc12 CRLHQIASHPZSQP-ISLYRVAYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N D-gluconic acid Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BWLUMTFWVZZZND-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dibenzylamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CNCC1=CC=CC=C1 BWLUMTFWVZZZND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000792859 Enema Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010014967 Ependymoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000192125 Firmicutes Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010015899 Glycopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000002068 Glycopeptides Human genes 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000134 MTT assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 231100000002 MTT assay Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 206010025557 Malignant fibrous histiocytoma of bone Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000000172 Medulloblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 2
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000003445 Mouth Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010061902 Pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010039491 Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000005718 Stomach Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfurous acid Chemical compound OS(O)=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical group C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical group C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000033559 Waldenström macroglobulinemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- LSQZJLSUYDQPKJ-NJBDSQKTSA-N amoxicillin Chemical compound C1([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@H]3SC([C@@H](N3C2=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)=CC=C(O)C=C1 LSQZJLSUYDQPKJ-NJBDSQKTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960003022 amoxicillin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000000181 anti-adherent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000845 anti-microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003911 antiadherent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002216 antistatic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 244000052616 bacterial pathogen Species 0.000 description 2
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- BVCRERJDOOBZOH-UHFFFAOYSA-N bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl Chemical group C1C[C+]2CC[C-]1C2 BVCRERJDOOBZOH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- TVFDJXOCXUVLDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N caesium atom Chemical compound [Cs] TVFDJXOCXUVLDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- YZBQHRLRFGPBSL-RXMQYKEDSA-N carbapenem Chemical compound C1C=CN2C(=O)C[C@H]21 YZBQHRLRFGPBSL-RXMQYKEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 201000007335 cerebellar astrocytoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 2
- OPQARKPSCNTWTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper(ii) acetate Chemical compound [Cu+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O OPQARKPSCNTWTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 238000002296 dynamic light scattering Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007920 enema Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940079360 enema for constipation Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000002118 epoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013265 extended release Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 206010017758 gastric cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000012987 lip and oral cavity carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 208000015486 malignant pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001000 micrograph Methods 0.000 description 2
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical class CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006070 nanosuspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 208000018795 nasal cavity and paranasal sinus carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000017066 negative regulation of growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000002154 non-small cell lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000000474 nursing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- LSQZJLSUYDQPKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-Hydroxyampicillin Natural products O=C1N2C(C(O)=O)C(C)(C)SC2C1NC(=O)C(N)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LSQZJLSUYDQPKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000002528 pancreatic cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000008443 pancreatic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000002530 pancreatic endocrine carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000000059 patterning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008057 potassium phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011533 pre-incubation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000016800 primary central nervous system lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Chemical group COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007660 quinolones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003642 reactive oxygen metabolite Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005563 spheronization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 201000011549 stomach cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000008732 thymoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000036962 time dependent Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005919 time-dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000012443 tonicity enhancing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000029729 tumor suppressor gene on chromosome 11 Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000002371 ultraviolet--visible spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000018417 undifferentiated high grade pleomorphic sarcoma of bone Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000019206 urinary tract infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 125000001399 1,2,3-triazolyl group Chemical group N1N=NC(=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001376 1,2,4-triazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(N=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004506 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001781 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004520 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IGERFAHWSHDDHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxanyl Chemical group [CH]1OCCCO1 IGERFAHWSHDDHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JPRPJUMQRZTTED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxolanyl Chemical group [CH]1OCCO1 JPRPJUMQRZTTED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FLOJNXXFMHCMMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dithiolanyl Chemical group [CH]1SCCS1 FLOJNXXFMHCMMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005940 1,4-dioxanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HKDFRDIIELOLTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dithianyl Chemical group [CH]1CSCCS1 HKDFRDIIELOLTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004214 1-pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indene Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=CC2=C1 YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-pyrrole Natural products C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IZXIZTKNFFYFOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Oxazolidone Chemical class O=C1NCCO1 IZXIZTKNFFYFOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUBFWTUFPGFHOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-nitrofuran Chemical class [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=CO1 FUBFWTUFPGFHOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004485 2-pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000850 2H-chromenyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-pyran Chemical group C1OC=CC=C1 MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001698 2H-pyranyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- AZKSAVLVSZKNRD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].S1C(C)=C(C)N=C1[N+]1=NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=NN1C1=CC=CC=C1 AZKSAVLVSZKNRD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- GDSLUYKCPYECNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[4-(aminomethyl)-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]oxy-N-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]benzamide Chemical compound NCC1=CC(=NC(=C1)C(F)(F)F)OC=1C=C(C(=O)NCC2=CC=C(C=C2)F)C=CC=1 GDSLUYKCPYECNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound NCC(O)C(O)=O BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004575 3-pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004364 3-pyrrolinyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])([H])N(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 4-[[(3ar,5ar,5br,7ar,9s,11ar,11br,13as)-5a,5b,8,8,11a-pentamethyl-3a-[(5-methylpyridine-3-carbonyl)amino]-2-oxo-1-propan-2-yl-4,5,6,7,7a,9,10,11,11b,12,13,13a-dodecahydro-3h-cyclopenta[a]chrysen-9-yl]oxy]-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical group N([C@@]12CC[C@@]3(C)[C@]4(C)CC[C@H]5C(C)(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)CC(C)(C)C(O)=O)CC[C@]5(C)[C@H]4CC[C@@H]3C1=C(C(C2)=O)C(C)C)C(=O)C1=CN=CC(C)=C1 QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004487 4-tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical group [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000002008 AIDS-Related Lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000589291 Acinetobacter Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000024893 Acute lymphoblastic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014697 Acute lymphocytic leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031261 Acute myeloid leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010001197 Adenocarcinoma of the cervix Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000034246 Adenocarcinoma of the cervix uteri Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010061424 Anal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007860 Anus Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010073360 Appendix cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010839 B-cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000032791 BCR-ABL1 positive chronic myelogenous leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010001478 Bacitracin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010004146 Basal cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010004593 Bile duct cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010005003 Bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010005949 Bone cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000018084 Bone neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QLPIUKIGVWNEGN-ZAGWXBKKSA-N BrC1=CC=C(/N=N/C2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1.C Chemical compound BrC1=CC=C(/N=N/C2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1.C QLPIUKIGVWNEGN-ZAGWXBKKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000003174 Brain Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000011691 Burkitt lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WYCVNEFTFDIFHE-SQNZEVTNSA-N C(#CC1=C(/C=C/C2=CC=CC=C2)C2=C(C=CC=C2)N1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C(#CC1=C(/C=C/C2=CC=CC=C2)NC2=C1C=CC=C2)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)O2)C=C1.C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)S2)C=C1.ClC1=CC2=C(C=C1Cl)C(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)=C(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)N2.FC1=CC2=C(C=C1F)C(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)=C(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)N2 Chemical compound C(#CC1=C(/C=C/C2=CC=CC=C2)C2=C(C=CC=C2)N1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C(#CC1=C(/C=C/C2=CC=CC=C2)NC2=C1C=CC=C2)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)O2)C=C1.C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)S2)C=C1.ClC1=CC2=C(C=C1Cl)C(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)=C(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)N2.FC1=CC2=C(C=C1F)C(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)=C(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)N2 WYCVNEFTFDIFHE-SQNZEVTNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MYHVNHPMKQJRLC-YWUPOQACSA-N C(#CC1=C(C#CC2=CC=CC=C2)C2=C(C=CC=C2)N1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(/C=C/C1=CCC=N1)=C(/C=C/C1=CCC=N1)N2.C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC3)N2)C=C1.C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(CCCC3)N2)C=C1.C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(N=CC=N3)N2)C=C1.O=C1C=CNC2=C1C(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)=C(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)N2 Chemical compound C(#CC1=C(C#CC2=CC=CC=C2)C2=C(C=CC=C2)N1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(/C=C/C1=CCC=N1)=C(/C=C/C1=CCC=N1)N2.C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC3)N2)C=C1.C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(CCCC3)N2)C=C1.C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(N=CC=N3)N2)C=C1.O=C1C=CNC2=C1C(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)=C(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)N2 MYHVNHPMKQJRLC-YWUPOQACSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZHHNDCSESIXJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N C(=CC(C)=C)OP(=O)(O)OP(=O)(O)O Chemical compound C(=CC(C)=C)OP(=O)(O)OP(=O)(O)O VZHHNDCSESIXJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GSEHSHGQIOLUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.C.C1=CC=C(N=NC2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(N=NC3=CC=CC=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(N=NC2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(N=NC2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1.COC1=CC=C(N=NC2=C(C3=CC=C(OC)C=C3)CC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1 Chemical compound C.C.C1=CC=C(N=NC2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(N=NC3=CC=CC=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(N=NC2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(N=NC2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1.COC1=CC=C(N=NC2=C(C3=CC=C(OC)C=C3)CC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1 GSEHSHGQIOLUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QHOXYWVRQBTIHJ-UZQGXGHZSA-N C.C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1 Chemical compound C.C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1 QHOXYWVRQBTIHJ-UZQGXGHZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDDAKIYWZNSFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC(F)=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC(F)=C3C2)C=C1.CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C2CC(C3=CC=C(C)C=C3)=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C2=C1.COC1=CC=C2CC(C3=CC=C(C)C=C3)=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C2=C1 Chemical compound C.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC(F)=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC(F)=C3C2)C=C1.CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C2CC(C3=CC=C(C)C=C3)=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C2=C1.COC1=CC=C2CC(C3=CC=C(C)C=C3)=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C2=C1 BDDAKIYWZNSFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UEWQUANPMZEVDR-ZAGWXBKKSA-N C.ClC1=CC=C(/N=N/C2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1 Chemical compound C.ClC1=CC=C(/N=N/C2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1 UEWQUANPMZEVDR-ZAGWXBKKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIBWWKGAUZOXOX-IGGJRPRJSA-N C1=CC2=C(C=C(/C=C/C3=C(/C=C/C4=CC5=C(C=CC=N5)C=C4)C4=C(C=CC=C4)N3)C=C2)N=C1.C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC4=C3C=CC=C4)N2)C=C1.C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=N3)N2)C=C1.C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(N=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.CC1=CC2=C(C=C1)NC(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)=C2/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1.CC1=CC=CC2=C1NC(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)=C2/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound C1=CC2=C(C=C(/C=C/C3=C(/C=C/C4=CC5=C(C=CC=N5)C=C4)C4=C(C=CC=C4)N3)C=C2)N=C1.C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC4=C3C=CC=C4)N2)C=C1.C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=N3)N2)C=C1.C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(N=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.CC1=CC2=C(C=C1)NC(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)=C2/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1.CC1=CC=CC2=C1NC(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)=C2/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 IIBWWKGAUZOXOX-IGGJRPRJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WLVPZNMUOLZMFC-HGDFEYCMSA-N C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(/C=C/C1=CCN=N1)=C(/C=C/C1=CCN=N1)N2.C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(/C=C/C1=COC=N1)=C(/C=C/C1=CCC=N1)N2.C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(/C=C/C1=CSC=N1)=C(/C=C/C1=CCC=N1)N2.C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(/C=C/C1=NC=CN1)=C(/C=C/C1=NC=CN1)N2.C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(/C=C/C1=NC=CO1)=C(/C=C/C1=NC=CO1)N2.C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(/C=C/C1=NC=CS1)=C(/C=C/C1=NC=CS1)N2 Chemical compound C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(/C=C/C1=CCN=N1)=C(/C=C/C1=CCN=N1)N2.C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(/C=C/C1=COC=N1)=C(/C=C/C1=CCC=N1)N2.C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(/C=C/C1=CSC=N1)=C(/C=C/C1=CCC=N1)N2.C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(/C=C/C1=NC=CN1)=C(/C=C/C1=NC=CN1)N2.C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(/C=C/C1=NC=CO1)=C(/C=C/C1=NC=CO1)N2.C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(/C=C/C1=NC=CS1)=C(/C=C/C1=NC=CS1)N2 WLVPZNMUOLZMFC-HGDFEYCMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZESUZKDZOZSIG-QPVXZCFGSA-N C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(/C=C/C1=CN=CN=C1)=C(/C=C/C1=CN=CN=C1)N2.C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=N3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=NC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.C1=CN=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=NC=N3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(F)C=C3F)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.COC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(C)C=C3)NC3=C2C=CC=C3)C=C1 Chemical compound C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(/C=C/C1=CN=CN=C1)=C(/C=C/C1=CN=CN=C1)N2.C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=N3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=NC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.C1=CN=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=NC=N3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.CC1=CC(F)=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(F)C=C3F)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.COC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(C)C=C3)NC3=C2C=CC=C3)C=C1 CZESUZKDZOZSIG-QPVXZCFGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NFKJXAJGFKORJH-QXSKFCIBSA-N C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(/C=C/C1=NN=NN1)=C(/C=C/C1=NN=CN1)N2.C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(/C=C/C1CCCCC1)=C(/C=C/C1CCCCC1)N2.C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(/C=C/C1CCOCC1)=C(/C=C/C1CCCCC1)N2.CC1=CC=C(/N=N/C2=C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(Br)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1 Chemical compound C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(/C=C/C1=NN=NN1)=C(/C=C/C1=NN=CN1)N2.C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(/C=C/C1CCCCC1)=C(/C=C/C1CCCCC1)N2.C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(/C=C/C1CCOCC1)=C(/C=C/C1CCCCC1)N2.CC1=CC=C(/N=N/C2=C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(Br)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1 NFKJXAJGFKORJH-QXSKFCIBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JFCAJJVHZHKKBO-HLVOKRPVSA-N C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C=C(/C=C/C1=C(/C=C/C3=CC4=C(C=CC=C4)C=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N1)C=C2.C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=NC=CC=C3)NC3=C2C=CC=C3)C=C1.C1=CN=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=NC=CC=N3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)N=C1.ClC1=CN=CC=C1/C=C/C1=C(/C=C/C2=C(Cl)C=CC=C2)NC2=C1C=CC=C2.FC1=CN=CC=C1/C=C/C1=C(/C=C/C2=C(F)C=CC=C2)NC2=C1C=CC=C2.O=C1C=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC(=O)NC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=CC1 Chemical compound C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C=C(/C=C/C1=C(/C=C/C3=CC4=C(C=CC=C4)C=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N1)C=C2.C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=NC=CC=C3)NC3=C2C=CC=C3)C=C1.C1=CN=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=NC=CC=N3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)N=C1.ClC1=CN=CC=C1/C=C/C1=C(/C=C/C2=C(Cl)C=CC=C2)NC2=C1C=CC=C2.FC1=CN=CC=C1/C=C/C1=C(/C=C/C2=C(F)C=CC=C2)NC2=C1C=CC=C2.O=C1C=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC(=O)NC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=CC1 JFCAJJVHZHKKBO-HLVOKRPVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CSBBULQUDXETRT-IOKMTZSYSA-N C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(C=C4C=CC=CC4=C3)N2)C=C1.CC1=CC2=C(C=C1)NC(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)=C2/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1.ClC1=CC=CC2=C1NC(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)=C2/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1.FC1=CC=CC2=C1NC(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)=C2/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1.N#CC1=CC=CC2=C1C(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)=C(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)N2.OC1=CC=CC2=C1NC(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)=C2/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(C=C4C=CC=CC4=C3)N2)C=C1.CC1=CC2=C(C=C1)NC(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)=C2/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1.ClC1=CC=CC2=C1NC(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)=C2/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1.FC1=CC=CC2=C1NC(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)=C2/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1.N#CC1=CC=CC2=C1C(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)=C(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)N2.OC1=CC=CC2=C1NC(/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1)=C2/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 CSBBULQUDXETRT-IOKMTZSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SUNLKRJZMJYEGL-JOPJWUBJSA-N C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC(Cl)=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(F)C=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(F)C=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1 Chemical compound C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC(Cl)=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(F)C=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(F)C=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1 SUNLKRJZMJYEGL-JOPJWUBJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SIDVAOCQHUCNSN-YTEMWHBBSA-N C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1 Chemical compound C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1 SIDVAOCQHUCNSN-YTEMWHBBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDXPDSFHHFSKEA-QWBCNXOXSA-N C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=NC=CC=C3)NC3=C2C=CC=C3)N=C1.CC1=CC(Cl)=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3Cl)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(O)C=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.COC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)NC3=C2C=CC=C3)C=C1 Chemical compound C1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=NC=CC=C3)NC3=C2C=CC=C3)N=C1.CC1=CC(Cl)=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3Cl)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(O)C=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.COC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)NC3=C2C=CC=C3)C=C1 XDXPDSFHHFSKEA-QWBCNXOXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSIZFDCZDMXABK-UHFFFAOYSA-N C1=CC=C(N=NC2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(N=NC3=CC=CC=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(N=NC2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(N=NC2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1.COC1=CC=C(N=NC2=C(C3=CC=C(OC)C=C3)CC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1 Chemical compound C1=CC=C(N=NC2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(N=NC3=CC=CC=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(N=NC2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(N=NC2=CCC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1.COC1=CC=C(N=NC2=C(C3=CC=C(OC)C=C3)CC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1 MSIZFDCZDMXABK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YNFSSRVACMVMHP-ZHINHYBUSA-N C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1.C=C[Ar].[Ar]/C=C/C1=C(/C=C/[Ar])C2=CC=CC=C2N1 Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1.C=C[Ar].[Ar]/C=C/C1=C(/C=C/[Ar])C2=CC=CC=C2N1 YNFSSRVACMVMHP-ZHINHYBUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GGYUPJVZNSJIBV-BZQWJSTQSA-N C1=CN=CC(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CN=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)=C1.CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC(F)=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.ClC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)NC3=C2C=CC=C3)C=C1.ClC1=CC=CC=C1/C=C/C1=C(/C=C/C2=C(Cl)C=CC=C2)NC2=C1C=CC=C2.FC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)NC3=C2C=CC=C3)C=C1.FC1=CC=CC=C1/C=C/C1=C(/C=C/C2=C(F)C=CC=C2)NC2=C1C=CC=C2 Chemical compound C1=CN=CC(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CN=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)=C1.CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC(F)=CC=C3)C3=C(C=CC=C3)N2)C=C1.ClC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)NC3=C2C=CC=C3)C=C1.ClC1=CC=CC=C1/C=C/C1=C(/C=C/C2=C(Cl)C=CC=C2)NC2=C1C=CC=C2.FC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC=C3)NC3=C2C=CC=C3)C=C1.FC1=CC=CC=C1/C=C/C1=C(/C=C/C2=C(F)C=CC=C2)NC2=C1C=CC=C2 GGYUPJVZNSJIBV-BZQWJSTQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BNYPMDXPNAORBW-WMOTWDMFSA-N CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(SC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=C(C=C2C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2C3)C=C1.COC(=O)N1C2=CC=C(Br)C=C2C(Br)=C1C.COC(=O)N1C2=CC=CC=C2C(Br)=C1C.ClC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CCC3=CC=CC=C23)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(SC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=C(C=C2C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2C3)C=C1.COC(=O)N1C2=CC=C(Br)C=C2C(Br)=C1C.COC(=O)N1C2=CC=CC=C2C(Br)=C1C.ClC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CCC3=CC=CC=C23)C=C1 BNYPMDXPNAORBW-WMOTWDMFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DENOQHOINVHRHA-ZVZIOSNYSA-N CC1=CC=C(/N=N/C2=C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(SC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(SC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=C(C=C2C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2C3)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.COC(=O)N1C2=CC=C(Br)C=C2C(Br)=C1C Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(/N=N/C2=C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(SC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(SC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=C(C=C2C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2C3)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.COC(=O)N1C2=CC=C(Br)C=C2C(Br)=C1C DENOQHOINVHRHA-ZVZIOSNYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XUYMWHJFLVOUSX-PULQGLGSSA-N CC1=CC=C(C2=C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(Br)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC(F)=C3C2)C=C1.CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C2CC(C3=CC=C(C)C=C3)=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C2=C1.COC1=CC=C2CC(C3=CC=C(C)C=C3)=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C2=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C2=C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(Br)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC(F)=C3C2)C=C1.CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C2CC(C3=CC=C(C)C=C3)=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C2=C1.COC1=CC=C2CC(C3=CC=C(C)C=C3)=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C2=C1 XUYMWHJFLVOUSX-PULQGLGSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HOAHYJIQWIGVDZ-ZJMXJMPXSA-N CC1=CC=C(C2=C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.COC(=O)N1C2=CC=CC=C2C(Br)=C1C.ClC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CCC3=CC=CC=C23)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C2=C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.COC(=O)N1C2=CC=CC=C2C(Br)=C1C.ClC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=CCC3=CC=CC=C23)C=C1 HOAHYJIQWIGVDZ-ZJMXJMPXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QJBRDRURQDJWGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C(C2=C(C(=O)C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC(Br)=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC(F)=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(S(=O)(=O)C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(SC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC(Cl)=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C3C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C2=C(C(=O)C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC(Br)=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC(F)=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(S(=O)(=O)C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(SC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC(Cl)=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C3C2)C=C1 QJBRDRURQDJWGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GWIOIEQGEJORHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C(C2=C(C(=O)C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC(Br)=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(S(=O)(=O)C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(SC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC(Cl)=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(SC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C2=C(C(=O)C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(OC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC(Br)=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(S(=O)(=O)C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(SC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC(Cl)=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=C(SC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C3C2)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1 GWIOIEQGEJORHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YSZUKWLZJXGOTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC.CCC Chemical compound CCC.CCC YSZUKWLZJXGOTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QFBFYIUPOQHWSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC.CCC.CCC.CCC.CCC.CCC Chemical compound CCC.CCC.CCC.CCC.CCC.CCC QFBFYIUPOQHWSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CWQJXFGCZFVULP-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCC1=C(CCCCC)C2=C(cccc2)C1 Chemical compound CCCCCC1=C(CCCCC)C2=C(cccc2)C1 CWQJXFGCZFVULP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XROLURYWSGGJJA-WQIABQQASA-N COC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(OC)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1 Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(OC)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1 XROLURYWSGGJJA-WQIABQQASA-N 0.000 description 1
- IRXYFCNGFSQRHG-OCOZRVBESA-N COC1=CC=C(/N=N/C2=C(C3=CC=C(OC)C=C3)CC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1 Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(/N=N/C2=C(C3=CC=C(OC)C=C3)CC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1 IRXYFCNGFSQRHG-OCOZRVBESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100350997 Caenorhabditis elegans parg-2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000589876 Campylobacter Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000222120 Candida <Saccharomycetales> Species 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical group [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010007279 Carcinoid tumour of the gastrointestinal tract Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010078791 Carrier Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010007882 Cellulitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930186147 Cephalosporin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000000703 Cerium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052684 Cerium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010008342 Cervix carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GHOKWGTUZJEAQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chick antidermatitis factor Natural products OCC(C)(C)C(O)C(=O)NCCC(O)=O GHOKWGTUZJEAQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000010833 Chronic myeloid leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DPOYHBYRAIASPG-NGHJNPFNSA-N ClC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1 Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1 DPOYHBYRAIASPG-NGHJNPFNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LLXBBLCRBGZCKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N ClC1=CC=C(OC2=C(C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)CC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C32)C=C1 Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C(OC2=C(C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)CC3=CC=C(Cl)C=C32)C=C1 LLXBBLCRBGZCKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JOZDKOZCTAFFFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ClC1=CC=C(OC2=C(C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)CC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1 Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C(OC2=C(C3=CC=C(Cl)C=C3)CC3=CC=CC=C32)C=C1 JOZDKOZCTAFFFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NCENOINEGPKIAK-PHEQNACWSA-N ClC1=CC=CC(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC(Cl)=C3)CC3=CC=CC=C32)=C1 Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=CC(Cl)=C3)CC3=CC=CC=C32)=C1 NCENOINEGPKIAK-PHEQNACWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BQWSKDSRHSAGMS-ZBMVRHCNSA-N ClC1=CC=CC=C1/C=C/C1=C(/C=C/C2=C(Cl)C=CC=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2C1 Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC=C1/C=C/C1=C(/C=C/C2=C(Cl)C=CC=C2)C2=CC=CC=C2C1 BQWSKDSRHSAGMS-ZBMVRHCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000186650 Clavibacter Species 0.000 description 1
- HFOODGLJBVXKRJ-KAVGSWPWSA-N Clc1ccc(/C=C/c2c(/C=C/c(cc3)ccc3Cl)[nH]c3ccccc23)cc1 Chemical compound Clc1ccc(/C=C/c2c(/C=C/c(cc3)ccc3Cl)[nH]c3ccccc23)cc1 HFOODGLJBVXKRJ-KAVGSWPWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000193163 Clostridioides difficile Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M D-gluconate Chemical class OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-gluconic acid Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000008743 Desmoplastic Small Round Cell Tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010064581 Desmoplastic small round cell tumour Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000204 Dipeptidase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010014733 Endometrial cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010014759 Endometrial neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000194033 Enterococcus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000194032 Enterococcus faecalis Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000000461 Esophageal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006168 Ewing Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KHJOITDBZQLLBH-NGHJNPFNSA-N FC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1 Chemical compound FC1=CC=C(/C=C/C2=C(/C=C/C3=CC=C(F)C=C3)C3=CC=CC=C3C2)C=C1 KHJOITDBZQLLBH-NGHJNPFNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000022072 Gallbladder Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010051066 Gastrointestinal stromal tumour Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000032612 Glial tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JZNWSCPGTDBMEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerophosphorylethanolamin Natural products NCCOP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO JZNWSCPGTDBMEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000017604 Hodgkin disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000021519 Hodgkin lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010747 Hodgkins lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical class Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010021042 Hypopharyngeal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010056305 Hypopharyngeal neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WZELXJBMMZFDDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Imidazol-2-one Chemical compound O=C1N=CC=N1 WZELXJBMMZFDDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010061252 Intraocular melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007766 Kaposi sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000008839 Kidney Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010023825 Laryngeal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061523 Lip and/or oral cavity cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010028921 Lipopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010024774 Localised infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010058467 Lung neoplasm malignant Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031422 Lymphocytic Chronic B-Cell Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010025312 Lymphoma AIDS related Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007993 MOPS buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Maleimide Chemical group O=C1NC(=O)C=C1 PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000030070 Malignant epithelial tumor of ovary Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010073059 Malignant neoplasm of unknown primary site Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000032271 Malignant tumor of penis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 244000062730 Melissa officinalis Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010654 Melissa officinalis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000003939 Membrane transport proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000301 Membrane transport proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010027406 Mesothelioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000000901 Multi antimicrobial extrusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091007573 Multidrug and toxin extrusion transporters Proteins 0.000 description 1
- MSFSPUZXLOGKHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Muraminsaeure Natural products OC(=O)C(C)OC1C(N)C(O)OC(CO)C1O MSFSPUZXLOGKHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000187479 Mycobacterium tuberculosis Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000003793 Myelodysplastic syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000033761 Myelogenous Chronic BCR-ABL Positive Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000033776 Myeloid Acute Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000007224 Myeloproliferative neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HTLZVHNRZJPSMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-ethylpiperidine Chemical compound CCN1CCCCC1 HTLZVHNRZJPSMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008522 N-ethylpiperidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000002454 Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061306 Nasopharyngeal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000588652 Neisseria gonorrhoeae Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930193140 Neomycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 208000034176 Neoplasms, Germ Cell and Embryonal Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010029260 Neuroblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrous acid Chemical compound ON=O IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000015914 Non-Hodgkin lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010030155 Oesophageal carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010031096 Oropharyngeal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010057444 Oropharyngeal neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000007571 Ovarian Epithelial Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010033128 Ovarian cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061328 Ovarian epithelial cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061535 Ovarian neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000000821 Parathyroid Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010034133 Pathogen resistance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930195708 Penicillin V Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 208000002471 Penile Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010034299 Penile cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010013639 Peptidoglycan Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000009565 Pharyngeal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010034811 Pharyngeal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010035052 Pineal germinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007913 Pituitary Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000005746 Pituitary adenoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061538 Pituitary tumour benign Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000008199 Pleuropulmonary blastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002873 Polyethylenimine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000006664 Precursor Cell Lymphoblastic Leukemia-Lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000589517 Pseudomonas aeruginosa Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000015634 Rectal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010038389 Renal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006265 Renal cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000582 Retinoblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WINXNKPZLFISPD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Saccharin sodium Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC=C2C(=O)[N-]S(=O)(=O)C2=C1 WINXNKPZLFISPD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000004337 Salivary Gland Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061934 Salivary gland cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000607142 Salmonella Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000293871 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhi Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607768 Shigella Species 0.000 description 1
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000000453 Skin Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010041067 Small cell lung cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000021712 Soft tissue sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000193998 Streptococcus pneumoniae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001505901 Streptococcus sp. 'group A' Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193990 Streptococcus sp. 'group B' Species 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000031673 T-Cell Cutaneous Lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010042971 T-cell lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000027585 T-cell non-Hodgkin lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DHXVGJBLRPWPCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydropyran Chemical group C1CCOCC1 DHXVGJBLRPWPCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WKDDRNSBRWANNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thienamycin Natural products C1C(SCCN)=C(C(O)=O)N2C(=O)C(C(O)C)C21 WKDDRNSBRWANNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010043515 Throat cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000009365 Thymic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000024770 Thyroid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010046431 Urethral cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010046458 Urethral neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007097 Urinary Bladder Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006105 Uterine Cervical Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000005969 Uveal melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010047741 Vulval cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000004354 Vulvar Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000008383 Wilms tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010048038 Wound infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- REAYFGLASQTHKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N [2-[3-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)phenoxy]-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-4-yl]methanamine Chemical compound N1N=CC(=C1)C=1C=C(OC2=NC(=CC(=C2)CN)C(F)(F)F)C=CC=1 REAYFGLASQTHKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005299 abrasion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004054 acenaphthylenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC2=CC=CC3=CC=CC1=C23)* 0.000 description 1
- 159000000021 acetate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000011054 acetic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000000641 acridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000020990 adrenal cortex carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007128 adrenocortical carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002814 agar dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001342 alkaline earth metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N alumane Chemical class [AlH3] AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012080 ambient air Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003042 antagnostic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002178 anthracenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000002924 anti-infective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940121363 anti-inflammatory agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002260 anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000118 anti-neoplastic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940065524 anticholinergics inhalants for obstructive airway diseases Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125708 antidiabetic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003472 antidiabetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940030600 antihypertensive agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002220 antihypertensive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005475 antiinfective agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011203 antimicrobial therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940034982 antineoplastic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000011165 anus cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000021780 appendiceal neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008135 aqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003289 ascorbyl group Chemical class [H]O[C@@]([H])(C([H])([H])O*)[C@@]1([H])OC(=O)C(O*)=C1O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003725 azepanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002393 azetidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004069 aziridinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960004099 azithromycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MQTOSJVFKKJCRP-BICOPXKESA-N azithromycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](C)C(=O)O[C@@H]([C@@]([C@H](O)[C@@H](C)N(C)C[C@H](C)C[C@@](C)(O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@H](C[C@@H](C)O2)N(C)C)O)[C@H]1C)(C)O)CC)[C@H]1C[C@@](C)(OC)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 MQTOSJVFKKJCRP-BICOPXKESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004931 azocinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003828 azulenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960003071 bacitracin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930184125 bacitracin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CLKOFPXJLQSYAH-ABRJDSQDSA-N bacitracin A Chemical compound C1SC([C@@H](N)[C@@H](C)CC)=N[C@@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](CCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2N=CNC=2)C(=O)N[C@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)NCCCC1 CLKOFPXJLQSYAH-ABRJDSQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003385 bacteriostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940092714 benzenesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005605 benzo group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000499 benzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004601 benzofurazanyl group Chemical group N1=C2C(=NO1)C(=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000001558 benzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004152 benzoquinonyl group Chemical group C1(C(=CC(C=C1)=O)*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004541 benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000051 benzyloxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000006635 beta-lactamase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003613 bile acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000026900 bile duct neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000008873 bone osteosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000030224 brain astrocytoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000008274 breast adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000002143 bronchus adenoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002815 broth microdilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- SNCZNSNPXMPCGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N butanediamide Chemical group NC(=O)CCC(N)=O SNCZNSNPXMPCGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004648 butanoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000001661 cadmium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052793 cadmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium atom Chemical compound [Cd] BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052792 caesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 159000000007 calcium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940041011 carbapenems Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003669 carbenicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FPPNZSSZRUTDAP-UWFZAAFLSA-N carbenicillin Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)C(C(O)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 FPPNZSSZRUTDAP-UWFZAAFLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002327 cardiovascular agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125692 cardiovascular agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003833 cell viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940125693 central nervous system agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003576 central nervous system agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124587 cephalosporin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001780 cephalosporins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000030239 cerebral astrocytoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZMIGMASIKSOYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N cerium Chemical compound [Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce] ZMIGMASIKSOYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000006662 cervical adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000010881 cervical cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000011654 childhood malignant neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006990 cholangiocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000812 cholinergic antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000032852 chronic lymphocytic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000002676 chrysenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=C4C=CC=CC4=C3C=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000259 cinnolinyl group Chemical group N1=NC(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960002626 clarithromycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AGOYDEPGAOXOCK-KCBOHYOISA-N clarithromycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](C)C(=O)O[C@@H]([C@@]([C@H](O)[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@H](C)C[C@](C)([C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@H](C[C@@H](C)O2)N(C)C)O)[C@H]1C)OC)(C)O)CC)[C@H]1C[C@@](C)(OC)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AGOYDEPGAOXOCK-KCBOHYOISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002227 clindamycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KDLRVYVGXIQJDK-AWPVFWJPSA-N clindamycin Chemical compound CN1C[C@H](CCC)C[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H]([C@H](C)Cl)[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](SC)O1 KDLRVYVGXIQJDK-AWPVFWJPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000015271 coagulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005345 coagulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001868 cobalt Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 1
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001427 coherent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000029742 colonic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001332 colony forming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011284 combination treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013068 control sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001879 copper Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000007241 cutaneous T cell lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000030381 cutaneous melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CHVJITGCYZJHLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohepta-1,3,5-triene Chemical compound C1C=CC=CC=C1 CHVJITGCYZJHLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001162 cycloheptenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002100 cyclohexa-1,3-dienyl group Chemical group [H]C1([*])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002150 cyclohexa-1,4-dienyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])(*)C([H])=C([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000522 cyclooctenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005508 decahydronaphthalenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004855 decalinyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC2CCCCC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000002925 dental caries Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000645 desinfectant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002576 diazepinyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000013325 dietary fiber Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940043237 diethanolamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004852 dihydrofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005043 dihydropyranyl group Chemical group O1C(CCC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005057 dihydrothienyl group Chemical group S1C(CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 229940043279 diisopropylamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006196 drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000015355 drug-resistant tuberculosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001804 emulsifying effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940032049 enterococcus faecalis Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000981 epithelium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000004101 esophageal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethanesulfonate Chemical compound CCS([O-])(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanesulfonic acid Chemical class CCS(O)(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940031098 ethanolamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002169 ethanolamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003754 ethoxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000010685 fatty oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- RFHAOTPXVQNOHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluconazole Chemical compound C1=NC=NN1CC(C=1C(=CC(F)=CC=1)F)(O)CN1C=NC=N1 RFHAOTPXVQNOHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004884 fluconazole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003914 fluoranthenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=C2C=CC=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C1=C23)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003983 fluorenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124307 fluoroquinolone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940014144 folate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OVBPIULPVIDEAO-LBPRGKRZSA-N folic acid Chemical compound C=1N=C2NC(N)=NC(=O)C2=NC=1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 OVBPIULPVIDEAO-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019152 folic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011724 folic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037406 food intake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000004675 formic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003838 furazanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004612 furopyridinyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=N2)* 0.000 description 1
- 201000010175 gallbladder cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000011243 gastrointestinal stromal tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003349 gelling agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002518 gentamicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005219 gentisic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000174 gluconic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012208 gluconic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229950006191 gluconic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002306 glutamic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005456 glyceride group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003979 granulating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000009277 hairy cell leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000010536 head and neck cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014829 head and neck neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000010235 heart cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000024348 heart neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 208000029824 high grade glioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940071870 hydroiodic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 201000006866 hypopharynx cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002267 hypothalamic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002460 imidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002632 imidazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002636 imidazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ZSKVGTPCRGIANV-ZXFLCMHBSA-N imipenem Chemical compound C1C(SCC\N=C\N)=C(C(O)=O)N2C(=O)[C@H]([C@H](O)C)[C@H]21 ZSKVGTPCRGIANV-ZXFLCMHBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002182 imipenem Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000677 immunologic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003018 immunosuppressive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125721 immunosuppressive agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003392 indanyl group Chemical group C1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003453 indazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003454 indenyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003387 indolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003406 indolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000009830 intercalation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002505 iron Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000004153 islets of langerhan Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000002510 isobutoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- PXZQEOJJUGGUIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoindolin-1-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NCC2=C1 PXZQEOJJUGGUIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000904 isoindolyl group Chemical group C=1(NC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000015110 jellies Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008274 jelly Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000318 kanamycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930027917 kanamycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N kanamycin Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CN)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N SBUJHOSQTJFQJX-NOAMYHISSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182823 kanamycin A Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 201000010982 kidney cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000003893 lactate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960000448 lactic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010023841 laryngeal neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940041028 lincosamides Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000865 liniment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010024627 liposarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008297 liquid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006193 liquid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006194 liquid suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910003002 lithium salt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 159000000002 lithium salts Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 201000007270 liver cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014018 liver neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000005296 lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000020 lung papillary adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000017830 lymphoblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000564 macroglobulinemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium carbonate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001095 magnesium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000021 magnesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 159000000003 magnesium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002688 maleic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000030883 malignant astrocytoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000011614 malignant glioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026045 malignant tumor of parathyroid gland Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000002696 manganese Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese(2+);methyl n-[[2-(methoxycarbonylcarbamothioylamino)phenyl]carbamothioyl]carbamate;n-[2-(sulfidocarbothioylamino)ethyl]carbamodithioate Chemical compound [Mn+2].[S-]C(=S)NCCNC([S-])=S.COC(=O)NC(=S)NC1=CC=CC=C1NC(=S)NC(=O)OC WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000010534 mechanism of action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000716 merkel cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000037970 metastatic squamous neck cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GXHMMDRXHUIUMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O.CS(O)(=O)=O GXHMMDRXHUIUMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001160 methoxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000693 micelle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940041009 monobactams Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004312 morpholin-2-yl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])([H])C([H])([H])OC([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004572 morpholin-3-yl group Chemical group N1C(COCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 229940113083 morpholine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002780 morpholines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000036457 multidrug resistance Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000009671 multidrug-resistant tuberculosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010051747 multiple endocrine neoplasia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000005962 mycosis fungoides Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000025113 myeloid leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000004593 naphthyridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CN=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 201000011216 nasopharynx carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940042880 natural phospholipid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000021616 negative regulation of cell division Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004927 neomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009826 neoplastic cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000008026 nephroblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000002823 nitrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002826 nitrites Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001400 nonyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005593 norbornanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 201000002575 ocular melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000039328 opportunistic pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000006958 oropharynx cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000008968 osteosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000021284 ovarian germ cell tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003891 oxalate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000003551 oxepanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003566 oxetanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004095 oxindolyl group Chemical group N1(C(CC2=CC=CC=C12)=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000466 oxiranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000006179 pH buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- YJVFFLUZDVXJQI-UHFFFAOYSA-L palladium(ii) acetate Chemical compound [Pd+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O YJVFFLUZDVXJQI-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000011713 pantothenic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940055726 pantothenic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019161 pantothenic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N papa-hydroxy-benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000026886 papillary lung adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006072 paste Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006320 pegylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940056367 penicillin v Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002960 penicillins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001792 phenanthrenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001791 phenazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005954 phenoxathiinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001644 phenoxazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000951 phenoxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(O*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000006678 phenoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BPLBGHOLXOTWMN-MBNYWOFBSA-N phenoxymethylpenicillin Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)COC1=CC=CC=C1 BPLBGHOLXOTWMN-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000028591 pheochromocytoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008104 phosphatidylethanolamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000003504 photosensitizing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004592 phthalazinyl group Chemical group C1(=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000007315 pineal gland astrocytoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000004838 pineal region germinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000004885 piperazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000587 piperidin-1-yl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004483 piperidin-3-yl group Chemical group N1CC(CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004482 piperidin-4-yl group Chemical group N1CCC(CC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003053 piperidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000021310 pituitary gland adenoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930000223 plant secondary metabolite Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000004260 plant-type cell wall biogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004180 plasmocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- XAEFZNCEHLXOMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium benzoate Chemical compound [K+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XAEFZNCEHLXOMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000002028 premature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000025638 primary cutaneous T-cell non-Hodgkin lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000001243 protein synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 244000000040 protozoan parasite Species 0.000 description 1
- 125000001042 pteridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=NC=CN=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003216 pyrazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003072 pyrazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002755 pyrazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001725 pyrenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003222 pyridines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004929 pyrrolidonyl group Chemical group N1(C(CCC1)=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003856 quaternary ammonium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004621 quinuclidinyl group Chemical group N12C(CC(CC1)CC2)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010038038 rectal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000001275 rectum cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000030859 renal pelvis/ureter urothelial carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BOLDJAUMGUJJKM-LSDHHAIUSA-N renifolin D Natural products CC(=C)[C@@H]1Cc2c(O)c(O)ccc2[C@H]1CC(=O)c3ccc(O)cc3O BOLDJAUMGUJJKM-LSDHHAIUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000009410 rhabdomyosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000003068 rheumatic fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003873 salicylate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960004889 salicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001878 scanning electron micrograph Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000008299 semisolid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 201000000849 skin cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000008261 skin carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010040872 skin infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000003708 skin melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000000587 small cell lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000002314 small intestine cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000012064 sodium phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical class O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000007909 solid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003003 spiro group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010041823 squamous cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940031000 streptococcus pneumoniae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052712 strontium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- CIOAGBVUUVVLOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N strontium atom Chemical compound [Sr] CIOAGBVUUVVLOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 159000000008 strontium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003890 succinate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002511 suppository base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000008205 supratentorial primitive neuroectodermal tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001059 synthetic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001367 tartaric acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003892 tartrate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IMCGHZIGRANKHV-AJNGGQMLSA-N tert-butyl (3s,5s)-2-oxo-5-[(2s,4s)-5-oxo-4-propan-2-yloxolan-2-yl]-3-propan-2-ylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate Chemical compound O1C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)C[C@H]1[C@H]1N(C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)C1 IMCGHZIGRANKHV-AJNGGQMLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004632 tetrahydrothiopyranyl group Chemical group S1C(CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005329 tetralinyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 231100001274 therapeutic index Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 125000005308 thiazepinyl group Chemical group S1N=C(C=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001583 thiepanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003777 thiepinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002053 thietanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001730 thiiranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005505 thiomorpholino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229930192474 thiophene Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000000115 thoracic cavity Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000002510 thyroid cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000003608 titanium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005425 toluyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000026683 transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010361 transduction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004306 triazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940086542 triethylamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IEDVJHCEMCRBQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethoprim Chemical compound COC1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC(CC=2C(=NC(N)=NC=2)N)=C1 IEDVJHCEMCRBQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001082 trimethoprim Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003960 triphenylenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C3=CC=CC=C3C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229960004418 trolamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000029387 trophoblastic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N urethane group Chemical group NC(=O)OCC JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000005112 urinary bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001635 urinary tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010046885 vaginal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000013139 vaginal neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011179 visual inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000239 visual pathway Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004400 visual pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000005102 vulva cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001834 xanthenyl group Chemical group C1=CC=CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3C(C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003751 zinc Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
- C07D209/04—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
- C07D209/30—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
- C07D209/42—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
- A61K31/403—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil condensed with carbocyclic rings, e.g. carbazole
- A61K31/404—Indoles, e.g. pindolol
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
- A61K31/425—Thiazoles
- A61K31/429—Thiazoles condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
- A61K31/43—Compounds containing 4-thia-1-azabicyclo [3.2.0] heptane ring systems, i.e. compounds containing a ring system of the formula, e.g. penicillins, penems
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
- A61K31/425—Thiazoles
- A61K31/429—Thiazoles condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
- A61K31/43—Compounds containing 4-thia-1-azabicyclo [3.2.0] heptane ring systems, i.e. compounds containing a ring system of the formula, e.g. penicillins, penems
- A61K31/431—Compounds containing 4-thia-1-azabicyclo [3.2.0] heptane ring systems, i.e. compounds containing a ring system of the formula, e.g. penicillins, penems containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. ticarcillin, azlocillin, oxacillin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
- A61K31/496—Non-condensed piperazines containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. rifampin, thiothixene or sparfloxacin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/65—Tetracyclines
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/655—Azo (—N=N—), diazo (=N2), azoxy (>N—O—N< or N(=O)—N<), azido (—N3) or diazoamino (—N=N—N<) compounds
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
- A61K31/7028—Compounds having saccharide radicals attached to non-saccharide compounds by glycosidic linkages
- A61K31/7034—Compounds having saccharide radicals attached to non-saccharide compounds by glycosidic linkages attached to a carbocyclic compound, e.g. phloridzin
- A61K31/7036—Compounds having saccharide radicals attached to non-saccharide compounds by glycosidic linkages attached to a carbocyclic compound, e.g. phloridzin having at least one amino group directly attached to the carbocyclic ring, e.g. streptomycin, gentamycin, amikacin, validamycin, fortimicins
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
- A61K31/7042—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
- A61K31/7048—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having oxygen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. leucoglucosan, hesperidin, erythromycin, nystatin, digitoxin or digoxin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/04—Peptides having up to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/12—Cyclic peptides, e.g. bacitracins; Polymyxins; Gramicidins S, C; Tyrocidins A, B or C
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/04—Peptides having up to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/14—Peptides containing saccharide radicals; Derivatives thereof, e.g. bleomycin, phleomycin, muramylpeptides or vancomycin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K41/00—Medicinal preparations obtained by treating materials with wave energy or particle radiation ; Therapies using these preparations
- A61K41/0057—Photodynamic therapy with a photosensitizer, i.e. agent able to produce reactive oxygen species upon exposure to light or radiation, e.g. UV or visible light; photocleavage of nucleic acids with an agent
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
- C07D209/04—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
- C07D209/10—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
- C07D209/04—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
- C07D209/30—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
- C07D209/04—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
- C07D209/30—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
- C07D209/32—Oxygen atoms
- C07D209/36—Oxygen atoms in position 3, e.g. adrenochrome
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
- C07D209/04—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
- C07D209/30—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
- C07D209/40—Nitrogen atoms, not forming part of a nitro radical, e.g. isatin semicarbazone
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02A—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02A50/00—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
- Y02A50/30—Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change
-
- Y02A50/473—
Definitions
- the invention was made with government support under RR016480-12 by the National Center for Research Resources and under GM103451-12 by the National Institutes of Health. The government has certain rights in the invention.
- Antibiotics have become a mainstay of anti-microbial therapy, especially in treatment of bacterial infections.
- overuse of antibiotics has led to the emergence of drug-resistant bacteria due to antibiotic effectiveness and ease of access.
- the pathogenic bacteria that were initially sensitive to specific antibiotics are rapidly evolving to evade targeting by antibiotics.
- the development of a therapy that can combat the emergence of drug-resistant bacteria can assist in controlling the widespread evolution of pathogenic microbes.
- the invention provides a method of treating a condition, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound that binds a biological structure, thereby decreasing drug resistance in a cell, and a therapeutically-effective amount of a second agent.
- the invention provides a compound of the formula:
- FIG. 1 depicts a fluorescent binding assay for a compound of the invention.
- FIG. 2 shows a competition assay between compound 1 and INF-55.
- FIG. 3 shows a competition assay between compound 1 and reserpine.
- FIG. 4 shows an image of a culture dish (left) and a scanning electron microscope image (right) of MRSA upon receiving photodynamic therapy using a hand-held UV flashlight.
- FIG. 5 depicts a chessboard bacterial patterning system for visualization of bacterial growth.
- FIG. 6 depicts light-activated killing of hospital-acquired MRSA with compound 1.
- FIG. 7 depicts light-activated killing of hospital-acquired MRSA with compound 1.
- FIG. 8 depicts a UV/Vis spectrum of compound 1.
- FIG. 9 depicts light-activated killing of community-acquired MRSA with compound 1.
- FIG. 10 depicts light-activated killing of S. aureus with compound 1.
- FIG. 11 depicts light-activated killing of VRE with compound 1.
- FIG. 12 depicts light-activated killing of S. pyogenes with compound 1.
- FIG. 13 depicts light-activated killing of S. mutans with compound 1.
- FIG. 14 represents an isobologram for synergy between compound 1 and various antibiotics.
- FIG. 15 represents a zoomed-in portion of the isobologram from FIG. 14 .
- FIG. 16 illustrates the effect of treatment of A. baumannii with compound 1 and polymyxin B.
- FIG. 17 illustrates the effect of treatment of E. coli with compound 1 and polymyxin B.
- FIG. 18 illustrates the effect of treatment of MRSA with compound 1 and tetracycline.
- FIG. 19 illustrates the effect of treatment of MRSA with compound 1 and doxycycline.
- FIG. 20 illustrates the effect of treatment of MRSA with compound 1 and norfloxacin.
- FIG. 21 illustrates the effect of treatment of MRSA with compound 1 and dicloxicillin.
- FIG. 22 illustrates the effect of treatment of MRSA with compound 1 and oxacillin.
- FIG. 23 illustrates the effect of treatment of MRSA with compound 1 and penicillin G.
- FIG. 24 illustrates the effect of treatment of MRSA with compound 1 and tobramycin.
- FIG. 25 represents the MIC of vancomycin in presence or absence of compound 1 against MRSA.
- FIG. 26 illustrates the effect of treating P. aeruginosa with compound 1 and polymyxin E.
- FIG. 27 illustrates the effect of treating P. aeruginosa with compound 7 and polymyxin E.
- FIG. 28 illustrates the effect of treating P. aeruginosa with compound 8 and polymyxin E.
- FIG. 29 illustrates the effect of treating P. aeruginosa with compound 9 and polymyxin E.
- FIG. 30 illustrates the effect of treating P. aeruginosa with compound 10 and polymyxin E.
- FIG. 31 illustrates the effect of treating P. aeruginosa with compound 11 and polymyxin E.
- FIG. 32 depicts in image of a turbidity comparison of MRSA isolates treated with compound 7 and/or oxacillin.
- FIG. 33 depicts the quantification of the MRSA isolates shown in FIG. 32 upon being treated with compound 7 and/or oxacillin.
- FIG. 34 illustrates the effect of treating MRSA with compound 1 and norfloxacin or oxacillin.
- FIG. 35 depicts the synergistic effect of treating MRSA with compound 7 and oxacillin or norfloxacin.
- FIG. 36 depicts the synergistic effect of treating MRSA with compound 8 and oxacillin or norfloxacin.
- FIG. 37 depicts the synergistic effect of treating MRSA with compound 9 and oxacillin or norfloxacin.
- FIG. 38 depicts the synergistic effect of treating MRSA with compound 10 and oxacillin or norfloxacin.
- FIG. 39 depicts the synergistic effects of treating MRSA with compound 10 and norfloxacin or oxacillin.
- FIG. 40 depicts the synergistic effect of treating MRSA with compound 11 and oxacillin or norfloxacin.
- FIG. 41 depicts the synergistic effect of treating MRSA with compound 11 and norfloxacin or oxacillin.
- FIG. 42 depicts the synergistic effect of treating VRE with compound 7 with vancomycin, tetracycline or norfloxacin.
- FIG. 43 depicts the synergistic effect of treating VRE with compound 8 with vancomycin, tetracycline or norfloxacin.
- FIG. 44 depicts the synergistic effect of treating VRE with compound 9 with tetracycline or norfloxacin.
- FIG. 45 depicts the synergistic effect of treating VRE with compound 10 with vancomycin, tetracycline, dicloxicillin or norfloxacin.
- FIG. 46 depicts the synergistic effect of treating VRE with compound 11 with vancomycin, tetracycline or norfloxacin.
- FIG. 47 depicts the synergistic effect of treating CRE with compounds 7-11 with Polymyxin B.
- FIG. 48 illustrates the time-dependent effects of treating CRE with compounds 8 or 9 with and without PME.
- FIG. 49 illustrates the time-dependent effects of treating CRE with compounds 10 or 11 with and without PME.
- FIG. 50 illustrates changes in MICs of compounds 7 and 9 over time against A. baumannii in the presence and absence of PME.
- FIG. 51 illustrates changes in MIC of compound 8 over time against A. baumannii in the presence and absence of PME and PMB.
- FIG. 52 illustrates changes in MICs of compounds 10 and 11 over time against A. baumannii in the presence and absence of PME.
- FIG. 53 illustrates the effect of compound 1 and light versus polymyxin B in treatment of A. baumannii.
- FIG. 54 illustrates the effect of compound 1 and light versus polymyxin B in treatment of E. coli.
- FIG. 55 illustrates the effect of treating P. aeruginosa with combinations of compound 1, PME, and light.
- FIG. 56 illustrates production of singlet oxygen using compound 1.
- FIG. 57 displays an image of minimum inhibitory concentration measurements of compounds 7-10 against S. aureus.
- FIG. 58 displays an image of final minimum inhibitory concentration measurements of compounds 7-10 when used to treat S. aureus upon receiving 30 exposures.
- Antibiotics are used globally as therapy in the treatment of, for example, bacterial infections. Antibiotics can also be effective against some fungi and protozoa. Antibiotics can be classified as bacteriostatic, wherein the antibiotic inhibits reproduction of the bacteria, and bactericidal, wherein the antibiotic kills the bacteria. Antibiotics can be further classified by mechanism of action, which can include, for example, inhibition of bacterial cell wall synthesis, inhibition of bacterial cell membrane synthesis, inhibition of essential bacterial enzymes, inhibition of cell division, inhibition of peptidoglycan synthesis, inhibition of protein synthesis via binding to a 30S or 50S subunit of bacterial ribosome, inhibition of isoprenyl pyrophosphate, inhibition of folate synthesis, and production of toxic free radicals.
- Antibiotics can be used to treat bacterial infections. Antibiotics can also be used prophylactically for a subject, for example, having a wound that is likely to become infected, a subject about to undergo surgery, a subject about to receive dental treatment, or a subject who suffers from recurring infections including, for example, cellulitis, urinary tract infections, and rheumatic fever.
- Bacteria can use various mechanisms to avoid killing by an antibiotic.
- Bacteria can, for example, modify the protein targeted by the antibiotic, enzymatically inactivate the antibiotic, decrease the ability of the antibiotic to enter the cell, transfer resistance genes between organisms via conjugation, transduction, or transformation, or increase the exit of the antibiotic from the cell using efflux pumps.
- Efflux pumps are transport proteins found in both Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria. Five major classes of efflux pumps can exist in prokaryotes including, for example, major facilitator (MF), multidrug and toxic efflux (MATE), resistance-nodulation-division (RND), small multidrug resistance (SMR), and ATP binding cassette (ABC). Efflux pumps can be specific for a single substrate or transport a range of structurally-similar or -dissimilar compounds, including antibiotics. Increased expression of efflux pumps can be correlated with resistance to associated substrates. Efflux pumps can also be used to transport, for example, toxins, metabolites, drugs, lipophilic cationic drugs, bile acids, fatty acids, and lipids.
- MF major facilitator
- MATE multidrug and toxic efflux
- RTD resistance-nodulation-division
- SMR small multidrug resistance
- ABSC ATP binding cassette
- Efflux pumps can be specific for a single substrate or transport a range of structurally
- MES multidrug efflux via membrane transporter proteins known as multidrug efflux systems
- the MES can be classified as, for example, ABC, MATE, RND, SMR, and the multiantimicrobial extrusion protein family.
- the major efflux systems are the chromosomally encoded Major Facilitator Superfamily (MFS), Nor-family (NorA, NorB, NorC), and the MdeA the MATE mepRAB (multidrug export protein and the SMR SepA) family.
- MFS chromosomally encoded Major Facilitator Superfamily
- Nor-family Nor-family
- MdeA multidrug export protein and the SMR SepA
- the Gram-positive efflux systems can have overlapping specificities and can accept a large variety of structurally unrelated antibiotics including, for example, quinolones, tetracyclines, and monovalent and divalent antimicrobial cations, which can include intercalating dyes, quaternary ammonium compounds, diamidines, biguanidines, and plant secondary metabolites.
- Non-limiting examples of efflux systems in Gram-negative bacteria include CraA and AmvA, which mediate antimicrobial and disinfectant resistance in A. baumannii , and MdfA of E. coli .
- the MFS and ABC efflux system super families can be commonly found among resistant strains of mycobacteria, including Mycobacterium tuberculosis.
- Staphylococcus aureus can be a dangerous and versatile opportunistic pathogen. S. aureus can cause, for example, superficial skin infections resulting from cuts, abrasions, turf burns, and severe invasive diseases. Originally responsive to penicillin, a number of S. aureus strains are now resistant to various classes of antibiotics including, for example, ⁇ -lactams, macrolides, and vancomycin.
- MRSA Methicillin-resistant
- VRSA vancomycin-resistant S. aureus
- MRSA Methicillin-resistant
- VRSA vancomycin-resistant S. aureus
- MRSA chromosomally-encoded efflux systems
- LmrS can expel, for example, ampicillin.
- Some of the plasmid-mediated efflux systems found in MRSA can include, for example, QacA, QacB, Smr, QacG, QacH, and QacJ.
- Some strains of MRSA can carry more than one efflux system.
- the present compounds can potentiate the effects of many functionally- and mechanistically-diverse antibiotics against, for example, MRSA, which displays efflux-mediated resistance to antibiotics.
- the present compounds can display synergy with antibiotics including, for example, polymyxin B (PMB) against Gram-negative bacterial strains.
- PMB polymyxin B
- Compounds of the invention can increase the potency of antibiotics.
- the mean inhibitory concentrations (MIC) for a compound of the invention and ampicillin were determined to be about 200 ⁇ M and about 4579 ⁇ M, respectively.
- the concentration of the compound needed for full killing was 3 ⁇ M, a 127-fold decrease in concentration, and the concentration of ampicillin needed was reduced to about 572 ⁇ M, an 8-fold decrease in concentration.
- the ability of compounds of the invention to synergize with structurally and mechanistically unrelated antibiotics can be a result of the inhibition of bacterial efflux.
- Non-limiting examples of compounds of the invention include compounds of any of the following formulae:
- RING is a ring system
- each of Cy 1 , Cy 2 , Cy 3 , and Cy 4 is independently a cyclic group
- each of L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , and L 4 is independently a linking group.
- Non-limiting examples of cyclic groups or of a ring system include aromatic, non-aromatic, heterocyclic, carbocyclic, monocyclic, and polycyclic groups.
- a polycyclic group can be, for example, bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic.
- a polycyclic group can be, for example, fused, bridged, or spiro, or any combination thereof.
- Non-limiting examples of aromatic groups include heterocyclic, carbocyclic, monocyclic, and polycyclic rings. Any such group can be substituted or unsubstituted at any position, with any number of substituents.
- Non-limiting examples of substituents include: halogens, hydroxyl groups, sulfhydryl groups, amino groups, nitro groups, nitroso groups, cyano groups, azido groups, sulfoxide groups, sulfone groups, sulfonamide groups, carboxyl groups, carboxaldehyde groups, imine groups, alkyl groups, halo-alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, halo-alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, halo-alkynyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, aryloxy groups, aralkyl groups, arylalkoxy groups, heterocyclyl groups, acyl groups, acyloxy groups, carbamate groups, amide groups, epoxides, ester groups, and any other substituent described herein.
- a linking group can be any chemical group that attaches groups of the structure together.
- a linking group can comprise, for example, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, a polyether, such as polyethylene glycol (PEG), a polyester, a polyamide, or a polyamine, any of which being unsubstituted or substituted with any number of substituents, such as halogens, hydroxyl groups, sulfhydryl groups, amino groups, nitro groups, nitroso groups, cyano groups, azido groups, sulfoxide groups, sulfone groups, sulfonamide groups, carboxyl groups, carboxaldehyde groups, imine groups, alkyl groups, halo-alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, halo-alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, halo-alkynyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, aryloxy groups, aralkyl
- Non-limiting examples of compounds of the invention include compounds of any of the following formulae:
- X is N, NH, NR N , S, or O; each is independently a single bond or a double bond; R N is hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, azido, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonic acid group, an imine group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxaldehyde group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a thioether group, a thioester group, a thioacid group, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkoxy, hetero
- Non-limiting examples of compounds of the invention include compounds of any of the following formulae:
- X is N, NH, NR N , S, or O; each of Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 , and Q 4 is independently a ring system; R 1 is H or -L 1 -Cy 1 ; R 2 is H or -L 2 -Cy 2 ; and R 4 is H or -L 4 -Cy 4 .
- Non-limiting examples of compounds of the invention include compounds of any of the following formulae:
- X is N, NH, HR N , S, or O; each is independently a single bond or a double bond; R N is hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, azido, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonic acid group, an imine group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxaldehyde group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a thioether group, a thioester group, a thioacid group, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkoxy, heterocycl
- a bond of the compound such as the bond connecting A 1 and A 2 , the bond connecting A 2 and A 3 , or the bond connecting A 3 and A 4 , is fused to an additional ring system.
- Non-limiting examples of compounds of the invention include compounds of any of the following formulae:
- each Y 1 , Y 2 , Z 1 , and Z 2 is independently: a bond, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, an amino linkage, and ether linkage, a thioether linkage, an ester linkage, a thioester linkage, an amide linkage, a carbamate linkage, a carbonate linkage, a ureido linkage, a sulfoxide linkage, a sulfone linkage, a sulfonamide linkage, or an imine linkage; each is independently a single, double, or triple bond; and all other variables are as described previously.
- Non-limiting examples of a cyclic group such as Cy 1 or Cy 2 , include groups of any of the following formulae:
- a bond of the compound such as the bond connecting D 1 and D 2 , the bond connecting D 2 and D 3 , the bond connecting D 3 and D 4 , or the bond connecting D 4 and D 5 , is fused to an additional ring system.
- Non-limiting examples of a cyclic group such as Cy 1 or Cy 2 , include groups of any of the following formulae:
- a bond of the compound such as the bond connecting E 1 and E 2 , the bond connecting E 2 and E 3 , or the bond connecting E 3 and E 4 , is fused to an additional ring system.
- Non-limiting examples of a cyclic group include groups of the following moieties, any of which is unsubstituted or substituted with any substituent described herein: cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclopenta-1,3-dienyl, cyclohexa-1,3-dienyl, cyclohexa-1,4-dienyl, cyclohepta-1,3-dienyl, cyclohepta-1,4-dienyl, bicyclo[3.2.0]heptanyl, octahydropentalenyl, octahydro-1H-indenyl, decahydroazulenyl,
- Non-limiting examples of compounds of the invention include compounds of the following formula:
- R 1 is hydrogen or an ester group
- R 2 is hydrogen, halogen, or L 1 -Ar 1
- R 3 is hydrogen, halogen, or L 2 -Ar 2
- R 2 and R 3 together with the atoms to which R 2 and R 3 are bound form a substituted or unsubstituted ring
- each L 1 and L 2 is independently a linking group or a bond
- each Ar 1 is independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group wherein Ar 2 is not substituted with an amide, amine, nitro, imine, or an ester
- each Ar 2 is independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group wherein Ar 2 is not substituted with an amide, amine, nitro, imine, or an ester
- each A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , and A 4 is independently C(R 1a ), C(R 1a )(R 1b ), N, or N(R 1a ); each R 1a and R 1
- Ar 1 when Ar 1 is phenyl brominated at one position, then Ar 2 is substituted on at least one position. In some embodiments, when Ar 1 is phenyl substituted with one methoxy group, then Ar 2 is substituted on at least one position.
- Ar 1 when Ar 1 is substituted, Ar 2 is also substituted. In some embodiments, when Ar 1 is unsubstituted, Ar 2 is substituted.
- both L 1 and L 2 are independently
- both Ar 1 and Ar 2 are independently substituted with hydrogen, halogen, or aryloxy.
- each linking group is independently alkylene, alkenylene, O, S, SO 2 , CO, N 2 , or a bond.
- each is independently chosen to provide an aromatic system.
- non-limiting examples of compounds of the invention include compounds of the following formula:
- R 1 is hydrogen or an ester group
- R is hydrogen, halogen, or L 1 -Ar 1
- R 3 is hydrogen, halogen, or L 2 -Ar 2
- R 2 and R 3 together with the atoms to which R 2 and R 3 are bound form a substituted or unsubstituted ring
- each L 1 and L 2 is independently a linking group or a bond
- each Ar 1 is independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group wherein Ar 2 is not substituted with an amide, amine, nitro, imine, or an ester
- each Ar 2 is independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group wherein Ar 2 is not substituted with an amide, amine, nitro, imine, or an ester
- each A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , and A 4 is independently C(R 1a ), C(R 1a )(R 1b ), N, or N(R 1a ); each R 1a and R 1b
- Ar 1 when Ar 1 is phenyl brominated at one position, then Ar 2 is substituted on at least one position. In some embodiments, when Ar 1 is phenyl substituted with one methoxy group, then Ar 2 is substituted on at least one position.
- Ar 1 when Ar 1 is substituted, Ar 2 is also substituted. In some embodiments, when Ar 1 is unsubstituted, Ar 2 is substituted.
- both L 1 and L 2 are independently
- both Ar 1 and Ar 2 are independently substituted with hydrogen, halogen, or aryloxy.
- each linking group is independently alkylene, alkenylene, O, S, SO 2 , CO, N 2 , or a bond.
- Non-limiting examples of compounds of the invention include the following:
- Any compound herein can be any or all stereoisomers, enantiomers, diastereomers, mixtures, racemates, atropisomers, and tautomers thereof.
- a compound herein can bind a cellular target that is associated with a drug resistance mechanism, for example, an efflux pump.
- the binding can cause a decrease in the efficacy of the drug resistance mechanism, thereby increasing the efficacy of the compound within the cell.
- a compound herein can cause a decrease in efficacy of a drug resistance mechanism that is, for example, about 2-fold, about 3-fold, about 4-fold, about 5-fold, about 6-fold, about 7-fold, about 8-fold, about 9-fold, about 10-fold, about 11-fold, about 12-fold, about 13-fold, about 14-fold, about 15-fold, about 16-fold, about 17-fold, about 18-fold, about 19-fold, about 20-fold, about 25-fold, about 30-fold, about 35-fold, about 40-fold, about 45-fold, about 50-fold, about 55-fold, about 60-fold, about 65-fold, about 70-fold, about 75-fold, about 80-fold, about 85-fold, about 90-fold, about 95-fold, about
- Non-limiting examples of optional substituents include hydroxyl groups, sulfhydryl groups, halogens, amino groups, nitro groups, nitroso groups, cyano groups, azido groups, sulfoxide groups, sulfone groups, sulfonamide groups, carboxyl groups, carboxaldehyde groups, imine groups, alkyl groups, halo-alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, halo-alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, halo-alkynyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, aryloxy groups, aralkyl groups, arylalkoxy groups, heterocyclyl groups, acyl groups, acyloxy groups, carbamate groups, amide groups, urethane groups, and ester groups.
- Non-limiting examples of alkyl and alkylene groups include straight, branched, and cyclic alkyl and alkylene groups.
- An alkyl or alkylene group can be, for example, a C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , C 6 , C 7 , C 8 , C 9 , C 10 , C 11 , C 12 , C 13 , C 14 , C 15 , C 16 , C 17 , C 18 , C 19 , C 20 , C 21 , C 22 , C 23 , C 24 , C 25 , C 26 , C 27 , C 28 , C 29 , C 30 , C 31 , C 32 , C 33 , C 34 , C 35 , C 36 , C 37 , C 38 , C 39 , C 40 , C 41 , C 42 , C 43 , C 44 , C 45 , C 46 , C 47 , C 48 , C 49 , or C 50 group that is
- Non-limiting examples of straight alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, and decyl.
- Branched alkyl groups include any straight alkyl group substituted with any number of alkyl groups.
- Non-limiting examples of branched alkyl groups include isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl.
- Non-limiting examples of cyclic alkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptlyl, and cyclooctyl groups. Cyclic alkyl groups also include fused-, bridged-, and spiro-bicycles and higher fused-, bridged-, and spiro-systems. A cyclic alkyl group can be substituted with any number of straight, branched, or cyclic alkyl groups.
- Non-limiting examples of alkenyl and alkenylene groups include straight, branched, and cyclic alkenyl groups.
- the olefin or olefins of an alkenyl group can be, for example, E, Z, cis, trans, terminal, or exo-methylene.
- An alkenyl or alkenylene group can be, for example, a C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , C 6 , C 7 , C 8 , C 9 , C 10 , C 11 , C 12 , C 13 , C 14 , C 15 , C 16 , C 17 , C 18 , C 19 , C 20 , C 21 , C 22 , C 23 , C 24 , C 25 , C 26 , C 27 , C 28 , C 29 , C 30 , C 31 , C 32 , C 33 , C 34 , C 35 , C 36 , C 37 , C 38 , C 39 , C 40 , C 41 , C 42 , C 43 , C 44 , C 45 , C 46 , C 47 , C 48 , C 49 , or C 50 group that is substituted or unsubstituted.
- Non-limiting examples of alkynyl or alkynylene groups include straight, branched, and cyclic alkynyl groups.
- the triple bond of an alkylnyl or alkynylene group can be internal or terminal.
- An alkylnyl or alkynylene group can be, for example, a C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , C 6 , C 7 , C 8 , C 9 , C 10 , C 11 , C 12 , C 13 , C 14 , C 15 , C 16 , C 17 , C 18 , C 19 , C 20 , C 21 , C 22 , C 23 , C 24 , C 25 , C 26 , C 27 , C 28 , C 29 , C 30 , C 31 , C 32 , C 33 , C 34 , C 35 , C 36 , C 37 , C 38 , C 39 , C 40 , C 41 , C 42 , C 43 , C
- a halo-alkyl group can be any alkyl group substituted with any number of halogen atoms, for example, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine atoms.
- a halo-alkenyl group can be any alkenyl group substituted with any number of halogen atoms.
- a halo-alkynyl group can be any alkynyl group substituted with any number of halogen atoms.
- An alkoxy group can be, for example, an oxygen atom substituted with any alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group.
- An ether or an ether group comprises an alkoxy group.
- alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, and isobutoxy.
- An aryl group can be heterocyclic or non-heterocyclic.
- An aryl group can be monocyclic or polycyclic.
- An aryl group can be substituted with any number of substituents described herein, for example, hydrocarbyl groups, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, and halogen atoms.
- Non-limiting examples of aryl groups include phenyl, toluyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, thiophenyl, and furyl.
- An aryloxy group can be, for example, an oxygen atom substituted with any aryl group, such as phenoxy.
- An aralkyl group can be, for example, any alkyl group substituted with any aryl group, such as benzyl.
- An arylalkoxy group can be, for example, an oxygen atom substituted with any aralkyl group, such as benzyloxy.
- a heterocycle can be any ring containing a ring atom that is not carbon, for example, N, O, S, P, Si, B, or any other heteroatom.
- a heterocycle can be substituted with any number of substituents, for example, alkyl groups and halogen atoms.
- a heterocycle can be aromatic (heteroaryl) or non-aromatic.
- Non-limiting examples of heterocycles include pyrrole, pyrrolidine, pyridine, piperidine, succinamide, maleimide, morpholine, imidazole, thiophene, furan, tetrahydrofuran, pyran, and tetrahydropyran.
- acyl group can be, for example, a carbonyl group substituted with hydrocarbyl, alkyl, hydrocarbyloxy, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, aralkyl, arylalkoxy, or a heterocycle.
- Non-limiting examples of acyl include acetyl, benzoyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, phenoxycarbonyl, methoxycarbonyl, and ethoxycarbonyl.
- An acyloxy group can be an oxygen atom substituted with an acyl group.
- An ester or an ester group comprises an acyloxy group.
- a non-limiting example of an acyloxy group, or an ester group, is acetate.
- a carbamate group can be an oxygen atom substituted with a carbamoyl group, wherein the nitrogen atom of the carbamoyl group is unsubstituted, monosubstituted, or disubstituted with one or more of hydrocarbyl, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, or aralkyl.
- the nitrogen atom is disubstituted, the two substituents together with the nitrogen atom can form a heterocycle.
- compositions include, for example, acid-addition salts and base-addition salts.
- the acid that is added to the compound to form an acid-addition salt can be an organic acid or an inorganic acid.
- a base that is added to the compound to form a base-addition salt can be an organic base or an inorganic base.
- a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt is a metal salt.
- a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt is an ammonium salt.
- Metal salts can arise from the addition of an inorganic base to a compound of the invention.
- the inorganic base consists of a metal cation paired with a basic counterion, such as, for example, hydroxide, carbonate, bicarbonate, or phosphate.
- the metal can be an alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, transition metal, or main group metal.
- the metal is lithium, sodium, potassium, cesium, cerium, magnesium, manganese, iron, calcium, strontium, cobalt, titanium, aluminum, copper, cadmium, or zinc.
- a metal salt is a lithium salt, a sodium salt, a potassium salt, a cesium salt, a cerium salt, a magnesium salt, a manganese salt, an iron salt, a calcium salt, a strontium salt, a cobalt salt, a titanium salt, an aluminum salt, a copper salt, a cadmium salt, or a zinc salt.
- Ammonium salts can arise from the addition of ammonia or an organic amine to a compound of the invention.
- the organic amine is triethyl amine, diisopropyl amine, ethanol amine, diethanol amine, triethanol amine, morpholine, N-methylmorpholine, piperidine, N-methylpiperidine, N-ethylpiperidine, dibenzylamine, piperazine, pyridine, pyrrazole, pipyrrazole, imidazole, pyrazine, or pipyrazine.
- an ammonium salt is a triethyl amine salt, a diisopropyl amine salt, an ethanol amine salt, a diethanol amine salt, a triethanol amine salt, a morpholine salt, an N-methylmorpholine salt, a piperidine salt, an N-methylpiperidine salt, an N-ethylpiperidine salt, a dibenzylamine salt, a piperazine salt, a pyridine salt, a pyrrazole salt, a pipyrrazole salt, an imidazole salt, a pyrazine salt, or a pipyrazine salt.
- Acid addition salts can arise from the addition of an acid to a compound of the invention.
- the acid is organic.
- the acid is inorganic.
- the acid is hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, nitric acid, nitrous acid, sulfuric acid, sulfurous acid, a phosphoric acid, isonicotinic acid, lactic acid, salicylic acid, tartaric acid, ascorbic acid, gentisinic acid, gluconic acid, glucaronic acid, saccaric acid, formic acid, benzoic acid, glutamic acid, pantothenic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, citric acid, oxalic acid, or maleic acid.
- the salt is a hydrochloride salt, a hydrobromide salt, a hydroiodide salt, a nitrate salt, a nitrite salt, a sulfate salt, a sulfite salt, a phosphate salt, isonicotinate salt, a lactate salt, a salicylate salt, a tartrate salt, an ascorbate salt, a gentisinate salt, a gluconate salt, a glucaronate salt, a saccarate salt, a formate salt, a benzoate salt, a glutamate salt, a pantothenate salt, an acetate salt, a propionate salt, a butyrate salt, a fumarate salt, a succinate salt, a methanesulfonate (mesylate) salt, an ethanesulfonate salt, a benzenesulfonate salt, a p-toluenesul
- a compound herein can be least 1% pure, at least 2% pure, at least 3% pure, at least 4% pure, at least 5% pure, at least 6% pure, at least 7% pure, at least 8% pure, at least 9% pure, at least 10% pure, at least 11% pure, at least 12% pure, at least 13% pure, at least 14% pure, at least 15% pure, at least 16% pure, at least 17% pure, at least 18% pure, at least 19% pure, at least 20% pure, at least 21% pure, at least 22% pure, at least 23% pure, at least 24% pure, at least 25% pure, at least 26% pure, at least 27% pure, at least 28% pure, at least 29% pure, at least 30% pure, at least 31% pure, at least 32% pure, at least 33% pure, at least 34% pure, at least 35% pure, at least 36% pure, at least 37% pure, at least 38% pure, at least 39% pure, at least 40% pure, at least 41% pure, at
- EPIs efflux pump inhibitors
- Non-limiting examples of illustrative compounds can be based on the 2,3-di-((E)-2-arylethenyl)indole structural scaffold.
- Inactive 2,3-di-((E)-2-arylethenyl)indoles which have low bactericidal activity unless used in combination with known antibiotics, can be converted to potent antibacterial agents as single agents via light-activation.
- Low doses of compounds of the invention irradiated with white light for 2 minutes can kill Gram-positive organisms including, for example, hospital-acquired MRSA, community-acquired MRSA, Staphylococcus aureus , vancomycin-resistant Enterococcus (VRE), Streptococcus pyogenes , and Streptococcus mutans (Ward's 85W).
- Gram-negative bacteria for example, Acinetobacter baumannii, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae , and Carbapenem-resistant enterobacteriaceae, can also be susceptible to treatment with compounds of the invention in the presence of non-toxic doses of PMB.
- Light-induced killing of bacteria with 2,3-di-((E)-2-arylethenyl)indoles can represent a therapeutic strategy in the treatment of localized infections involving resistant microorganisms.
- compounds of the invention can be photoactive, photosensitive, photodynamic, or photoresponsive.
- the compound can be used for photodynamic therapy, wherein the compound can be a photosensitizer and lead to the generation of, for example, singlet oxygen and reactive oxygen species (ROS).
- ROS reactive oxygen species
- Wavelengths of light that can be used in a method of the invention include, for example, about 200 nm, about 210 nm, about 220 nm, about 230 nm, about 240 nm, about 250 nm, about 260 nm, about 270 nm, about 280 nm, about 290 nm, about 300 nm, about 310 nm, about 320 nm, about 330 nm, about 340 nm, about 350 nm, about 360 nm, about 370 nm, about 380 nm, about 390 nm, about 400 nm, about 410 nm, about 420 nm, about 430 nm, about 440 nm, about 450 nm, about 460 nm, about 470 nm, about 480 nm, about 490 nm, about 500 nm, about 510 nm, about 520 nm, about 530 nm, about
- compounds of the invention can be applied topically to the skin, or a body cavity, for example, oral, vaginal, bladder, cranial, spinal, thoracic, or pelvic cavity of a subject.
- the compounds of the invention can be applied to an accessible body cavity. The compound can be then be activated via exposure of the skin to natural or artificial light.
- the skin can be exposed to light, for example, for about 1 second, about 2 seconds, about 3 seconds, about 4 seconds, about 5 seconds, about 6 seconds, about 7 seconds, about 8 seconds, about 9 seconds, about 10 seconds, about 15 seconds, about 20 seconds, about 25 seconds, about 30 seconds, about 35 seconds, about 40 seconds, about 45 seconds, about 50 seconds, about 55 seconds, about 1 minute, about 1.5 minutes, about 2 minutes, about 2.5 minutes, about 3 minutes, about 3.5 minutes, about 4 minutes, about 4.5 minutes, about 5 minutes, about 6 minutes, about 7 minutes, about 8 minutes, about 9 minutes, about 10 minutes, about 15 minutes, or about 20 minutes.
- the depth of administration of the compounds in the skin can be, for example, about 0.1 mm, about 0.2 mm, about 0.3 mm, about 0.4 mm, about 0.5 mm, about 0.6 mm, about 0.7 mm, about 0.8 mm, about 0.9 mm, about 1 mm, about 1.1 mm, about 1.2 mm, about 1.3 mm, about 1.4 mm, about 1.5 mm, about 1.6 mm, about 1.7 mm, about 1.8 mm, about 1.9 mm, about 2 mm, about 2.1 mm, about 2.2 mm, about 2.3 mm, about 2.4 mm, about 2.5 mm, about 2.6 mm, about 2.7 mm, about 2.8 mm, about 2.9 mm, about 3 mm, about 3.1 mm, about 3.2 mm, about 3.3 mm, about 3.4 mm, about 3.5 mm, about 3.6 mm, about 3.7 mm, about 3.8 mm, about 3.9 mm, about 4 mm, about 4.1
- Activation of the compound can occur via exposure to light wherein the administration of the light is continuous or pulsed.
- Pulses of light can be separated by, for example, about 1 second, about 2 seconds, about 3 seconds, about 4 seconds, about 5 seconds, about 6 seconds, about 7 seconds, about 8 seconds, about 9 seconds, about 10 seconds, about 15 seconds, about 20 seconds, about 25 seconds, about 30 seconds, about 35 seconds, about 40 seconds, about 45 seconds, about 50 seconds, about 55 seconds, about 1 minute, about 1.5 minutes, about 2 minutes, about 2.5 minutes, about 3 minutes, about 3.5 minutes, about 4 minutes, about 4.5 minutes, about 5 minutes, about 6 minutes, about 7 minutes, about 8 minutes, about 9 minutes, about 10 minutes, about 15 minutes, or about 20 minutes.
- activation of the compound via light can occur concurrently with, or subsequent to, administration of the compound to a subject.
- Light can then be administered to the subject, for example, every 1 minute, 2 minutes, 3 minutes, 4 minutes, 5 minutes, 6 minutes, 7 minutes, 8 minutes, 9 minutes, 10 minutes, 15 minutes, 20 minutes, 25 minutes, 30 minutes, 35 minutes, 40 minutes, 45 minutes, 50 minutes, 55 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5 hours, 6 hours, 7 hours, 8 hours, 9 hours, 10 hours, 11 hours, 12 hours, 18 hours, 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, or 1 week to improve efficacy of the compound.
- the energy of light used to activate the compound can be, for example, about 10 J/cm 2 , about 15 J/cm 2 , about 20 J/cm 2 , about 25 J/cm 2 , about 30 J/cm 2 , about 35 J/cm 2 , about 40 J/cm 2 , about 45 J/cm 2 , about 50 J/cm 2 , about 55 J/cm 2 , about 60 J/cm 2 , about 65 J/cm 2 , about 66 J/cm 2 , about 67 J/cm 2 , about 68 J/cm 2 , about 69 J/cm 2 , about 70 J/cm 2 , about 71 J/cm 2 , about 72 J/cm 2 , about 73 J/cm 2 , about 74 J/cm 2 , about 75 J/cm 2 , about 76 J/cm 2 , about 77 J/cm 2 , about 78 J/cm 2 , about 79 J
- the brightness of light used to activate the compound can be, for example, about 100 lm, about 110 lm, about 120 lm, about 130 lm, about 140 lm, about 150 lm, about 160 lm, about 170 lm, about 180 lm, about 190 lm, about 200 lm, about 250 lm, about 300 lm, about 350 lm, about 450 lm, about 500 lm, about 550 lm, about 600 lm, about 650 lm, about 700 lm, about 750 lm, about 800 lm, about 850 lm, about 900 lm, about 950 lm, about 1000 lm, about 1100 lm, about 1200 lm, about 1300 lm, about 1400 lm, about 1500 lm, about 1600 lm, about 1700 lm, about 1800 lm, about 1900 lm, about 2000 lm, about 2500 lm, about 3
- compounds of the invention can have an increase in activity that is, for example, about 2-fold, about 3-fold, about 4-fold, about 5-fold, about 6-fold, about 7-fold, about 8-fold, about 9-fold, about 10-fold, about 11-fold, about 12-fold, about 13-fold, about 14-fold, about 15-fold, about 16-fold, about 17-fold, about 18-fold, about 19-fold, about 20-fold, about 25-fold, about 30-fold, about 35-fold, about 40-fold, about 45-fold, about 50-fold, about 55-fold, about 60-fold, about 65-fold, about 70-fold, about 75-fold, about 80-fold, about 85-fold, about 90-fold, about 95-fold, about 100-fold, about 110-fold, about 120-fold, about 130-fold, about 140-fold, about 150-fold, about 160-fold, about 170-fold, about 180-fold, about 190-fold, about 200-fold, about 250-fold, about 300-fold, about 350-fold,
- compounds of the invention can have an increase in activity that is, for example, about 2-fold, about 3-fold, about 4-fold, about 5-fold, about 6-fold, about 7-fold, about 8-fold, about 9-fold, about 10-fold, about 11-fold, about 12-fold, about 13-fold, about 14-fold, about 15-fold, about 16-fold, about 17-fold, about 18-fold, about 19-fold, about 20-fold, about 25-fold, about 30-fold, about 35-fold, about 40-fold, about 45-fold, about 50-fold, about 55-fold, about 60-fold, about 65-fold, about 70-fold, about 75-fold, about 80-fold, about 85-fold, about 90-fold, about 95-fold, about 100-fold, about 110-fold, about 120-fold, about 130-fold, about 140-fold, about 150-fold, about 160-fold, about 170-fold, about 180-fold, about 190-fold, about 200-fold, about 250-fold, about 300-fold, about 350-fold
- Bacterial strains that can be treated by a method of the invention can be gram-negative or gram-positive.
- microbes that can be treated by a method of the invention include Acinetobacter baumannii , carbapenem-resistant Enterobacteriaceae (CRE), clindamycin-resistant Group B Streptococcus, Clostridium difficile , drug-resistant Campylobacter , drug-resistant Neisseria gonorrhoeae , drug-resistant non-typhoidal Salmonella , drug-resistant Salmonella typhi , drug-resistant Shigella , drug-resistant Streptococcus pneumoniae , drug-resistant tuberculosis, erythromycin-resistant Group A Streptococcus, Escherichia coli , extended spectrum ⁇ -lactamase producing Enterobacteriaceae (ESBLs), fluconazole-resistant Candida , methicillin-resistant S.
- CRE carbapenem-resistant Enterobacteri
- MRSA multidrug-resistant Acinetobacter
- VRE vancomycin-resistant S. aureus
- VRSA vancomycin-resistant S. aureus
- a therapy of the disclosure has synergistic activity in combination with an antibiotic.
- Synergy can refer to the observation that the combination of two therapeutic agents can have an overall effect that is greater than the sum of the two individual effects.
- Synergy can also refer to the observation that a single drug produces no effect but, when administered with a second drug produces an effect that is greater than the effect produced by the second therapeutic agent alone.
- Classes of antibiotics that can be used in a method of invention include, for example, aminoglycosides, ansamycins, ⁇ -lactams, carbapenems, cephalosporins, glycopeptides, lincosamides, lipopeptides, macrolides, monobactams, nitrofurans, oxazolidinones, penicillins, polypeptides, quinolones, fluroquinolones, sulfonamides, and tetracyclines.
- Non-limiting examples of antibiotics that can be used in a method of the invention include ampicillin, amoxicillin, azithromycin, carbenicillin, clarithromycin, dicloxicillin, doxycycline, erythromycin, gentamicin, kanamycin, methicillin, neomycin, norfloxacin, oxacillin, PMB, colisitin, penicillin, penicillin G, penicillin V, streptomycin, tetracycline, tobramycin, polyethyleneimine, lactic acid, benzoic acid bacitracin, imipenem, and vancomycin.
- compounds of the invention can be used to treat a condition caused by a microbe in a subject.
- the microbe can be a bacterium, fungus, or protozoa.
- compounds of the invention can be used to treat cancer in a subject.
- a compound of the invention can, for example, slow the proliferation of cancer cell lines, or kill cancer cells.
- cancer that can be treated by a compound of the invention include: acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute myeloid leukemia, adrenocortical carcinoma, AIDS-related cancers, AIDS-related lymphoma, anal cancer, appendix cancer, astrocytomas, basal cell carcinoma, bile duct cancer, bladder cancer, bone cancers, brain tumors, such as cerebellar astrocytoma, cerebral astrocytoma/malignant glioma, ependymoma, medulloblastoma, supratentorial primitive neuroectodermal tumors, visual pathway and hypothalamic glioma, breast cancer, bronchial adenomas, Burkitt lymphoma, carcinoma of unknown primary origin, central nervous system lymphoma, cerebellar
- Subjects can be, for example, elderly adults, adults, adolescents, pre-adolescents, children, toddlers, infants, and non-human animals.
- a subject is a patient.
- Non-human animal subjects can be, for example, a mouse, rat, a chicken, a rabbit, a dog, a cat, or a cow.
- Compounds of the invention can be employed in places where the spread of drug-resistant bacteria can be more likely, for example, hospitals, nursing homes, dormitories, homeless shelters, military barracks, schools, locker rooms, gymnasiums, and prisons.
- the methods of the invention can be applied to, for example, fomites, surgical instruments, tables, chairs, doors, eating utensils, bedding, beds, and keyboards.
- the methods of the invention can be applied to, for example, a plant, a fungus, or a parasite.
- Administration can, for example, kill or inhibit the Plant, fungus, or parasite, or kill or inhibit an agent that harms or presents a risk of harm to a plant or fungus, or lessen a likelihood of such risk.
- agricultural applications to inhibit the spread of and damage by agriculturally-detrimental microbes are possible.
- a pharmaceutical composition of the invention can be used, for example, before, during, or after treatment of a subject with light, antibiotics, or another pharmaceutical agent.
- a pharmaceutical composition of the invention can be a combination of any pharmaceutical compounds described herein with other chemical components, such as carriers, stabilizers, diluents, dispersing agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, and/or excipients.
- the pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to an organism.
- Pharmaceutical compositions can be administered in therapeutically-effective amounts as pharmaceutical compositions by various forms and routes including, for example, intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, oral, parenteral, ophthalmic, subcutaneous, transdermal, nasal, vaginal, and topical administration.
- a pharmaceutical composition can be administered in a local manner, for example, via injection of the compound directly into an organ, optionally in a depot or sustained release formulation or implant.
- Pharmaceutical compositions can be provided in the form of a rapid release formulation, in the form of an extended release formulation, or in the form of an intermediate release formulation.
- a rapid release form can provide an immediate release.
- An extended release formulation can provide a controlled release or a sustained delayed release.
- compositions can be formulated by combining the active compounds with pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers or excipients.
- Such carriers can be used to formulate liquids, gels, syrups, elixirs, slurries, or suspensions, for oral ingestion by a subject.
- Non-limiting examples of solvents used in an oral dissolvable formulation can include water, ethanol, isopropanol, saline, physiological saline, DMSO, dimethylformamide, potassium phosphate buffer, phosphate buffer saline (PBS), sodium phosphate buffer, 4-2-hydroxyethyl-1-piperazineethanesulfonic acid buffer (HEPES), 3-(N-morpholino)propanesulfonic acid buffer (MOPS), piperazine-N,N′-bis(2-ethanesulfonic acid) buffer (PIPES), and saline sodium citrate buffer (SSC).
- Non-limiting examples of co-solvents used in an oral dissolvable formulation can include sucrose, urea, cremaphor, DMSO, and potassium phosphate buffer.
- compositions can be formulated for intravenous administration.
- the pharmaceutical compositions can be in a form suitable for parenteral injection as a sterile suspension, solution or emulsion in oily or aqueous vehicles, and can contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
- Pharmaceutical formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form.
- Suspensions of the active compounds can be prepared as oily injection suspensions.
- Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes.
- the suspension can also contain suitable stabilizers or agents which increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
- the active ingredient can be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
- the active compounds can be administered topically and can be formulated into a variety of topically administrable compositions, such as solutions, suspensions, lotions, gels, pastes, medicated sticks, balms, creams, and ointments.
- Such pharmaceutical compositions can contain solubilizers, stabilizers, tonicity enhancing agents, buffers and preservatives.
- the compounds can also be formulated in rectal compositions such as enemas, rectal gels, rectal foams, rectal aerosols, suppositories, jelly suppositories, or retention enemas, containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides, as well as synthetic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, and PEG.
- rectal compositions such as enemas, rectal gels, rectal foams, rectal aerosols, suppositories, jelly suppositories, or retention enemas
- conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides
- synthetic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, and PEG.
- a low-melting wax such as a mixture of fatty acid glycerides, optionally in combination with cocoa butter, can be melted.
- therapeutically-effective amounts of the compounds described herein are administered in pharmaceutical compositions to a subject having a disease or condition to be treated.
- the subject is a mammal such as a human.
- a therapeutically-effective amount can vary widely depending on the severity of the disease, the age and relative health of the subject, the potency of the compounds used, and other factors.
- the compounds can be used singly or in combination with one or more therapeutic agents as components of mixtures.
- compositions can be formulated using one or more physiologically-acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries, which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations that can be used pharmaceutically. Formulation can be modified depending upon the route of administration chosen.
- Pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound described herein can be manufactured, for example, by mixing, dissolving, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping, or compression processes.
- compositions can include at least one pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient and compounds described herein as free-base or pharmaceutically-acceptable salt form.
- Pharmaceutical compositions can contain solubilizers, stabilizers, tonicity enhancing agents, buffers and preservatives.
- compositions comprising the compounds described herein include formulating the compounds with one or more inert, pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients or carriers to form a solid, semi-solid, or liquid composition.
- Solid compositions include, for example, powders, tablets, dispersible granules, capsules, and cachets.
- Liquid compositions include, for example, solutions in which a compound is dissolved, emulsions comprising a compound, or a solution containing liposomes, micelles, or nanoparticles comprising a compound as disclosed herein.
- Semi-solid compositions include, for example, gels, suspensions and creams.
- compositions can be in liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in a liquid prior to use, or as emulsions. These compositions can also contain minor amounts of nontoxic, auxiliary substances, such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, and other pharmaceutically-acceptable additives.
- Non-limiting examples of dosage forms suitable for use in the invention include liquid, powder, gel, nanosuspension, nanoparticle, microgel, aqueous or oily suspensions, emulsion, and any combination thereof.
- Non-limiting examples of pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients suitable for use in the invention include binding agents, disintegrating agents, anti-adherents, anti-static agents, surfactants, anti-oxidants, coating agents, coloring agents, plasticizers, preservatives, suspending agents, emulsifying agents, anti-microbial agents, spheronization agents, and any combination thereof.
- a composition of the invention can be, for example, an immediate release form or a controlled release formulation.
- An immediate release formulation can be formulated to allow the compounds to act rapidly.
- Non-limiting examples of immediate release formulations include readily dissolvable formulations.
- a controlled release formulation can be a pharmaceutical formulation that has been adapted such that release rates and release profiles of the active agent can be matched to physiological and chronotherapeutic requirements or, alternatively, has been formulated to effect release of an active agent at a programmed rate.
- Non-limiting examples of controlled release formulations include granules, delayed release granules, hydrogels (e.g., of synthetic or natural origin), other gelling agents (e.g., gel-forming dietary fibers), matrix-based formulations (e.g., formulations comprising a polymeric material having at least one active ingredient dispersed through), granules within a matrix, polymeric mixtures, and granular masses.
- hydrogels e.g., of synthetic or natural origin
- other gelling agents e.g., gel-forming dietary fibers
- matrix-based formulations e.g., formulations comprising a polymeric material having at least one active ingredient dispersed through
- a controlled release formulation is a delayed release form.
- a delayed release form can be formulated to delay a compound's action for an extended period of time.
- a delayed release form can be formulated to delay the release of an effective dose of one or more compounds, for example, for about 4, about 8, about 12, about 16, or about 24 hours.
- a controlled release formulation can be a sustained release form.
- a sustained release form can be formulated to sustain, for example, the compound's action over an extended period of time.
- a sustained release form can be formulated to provide an effective dose of any compound described herein (e.g., provide a physiologically-effective blood profile) over about 4, about 8, about 12, about 16 or about 24 hours.
- Non-limiting examples of pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients can be found, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, Nineteenth Ed (Easton, Pa.: Mack Publishing Company, 1995); Hoover, John E., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. 1975; Liberman, H. A. and Lachman, L., Eds., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Marcel Decker, New York, N.Y., 1980; and Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Seventh Ed. (Lippincott Williams & Wilkins 1999), each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- Multiple therapeutic agents can be administered in any order or simultaneously.
- a compound of the invention is administered in combination with, before, or after an antibiotic.
- the multiple therapeutic agents can be provided in a single, unified form, or in multiple forms, for example, as multiple separate pills.
- the agents can be packed together or separately, in a single package or in a plurality of packages.
- One or all of the therapeutic agents can be given in multiple doses. If not simultaneous, the timing between the multiple doses can vary to as much as about a month.
- compositions described herein can be administered before, during, or after the occurrence of a disease or condition, and the timing of administering the composition containing a therapeutic agent can vary.
- the compositions can be used as a prophylactic and can be administered continuously to subjects with a propensity to conditions or diseases in order to lessen a likelihood of the occurrence of the disease or condition.
- the compositions can be administered to a subject during or as soon as possible after the onset of the symptoms.
- the administration of the therapeutic agents can be initiated within the first 48 hours of the onset of the symptoms, within the first 24 hours of the onset of the symptoms, within the first 6 hours of the onset of the symptoms, or within 3 hours of the onset of the symptoms.
- the initial administration can be via any route practical, such as by any route described herein using any formulation described herein.
- a therapeutic agent can be administered as soon as is practicable after the onset of a disease or condition is detected or suspected, and for a length of time necessary for the treatment of the disease, such as, for example, from about 1 month to about 3 months.
- the length of treatment can vary for each subject.
- compositions described herein can be in unit dosage forms suitable for single administration of precise dosages.
- the formulation is divided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of one or more compounds.
- the unit dosage can be in the form of a package containing discrete quantities of the formulation.
- Non-limiting examples are packaged injectables, vials, or ampoules.
- Aqueous suspension compositions can be packaged in single-dose non-reclosable containers. Multiple-dose reclosable containers can be used, for example, in combination with or without a preservative.
- Formulations for injection can be presented in unit dosage form, for example, in ampoules, or in multi-dose containers with a preservative.
- compositions provided herein can be administered in conjunction with other therapies, for example, chemotherapy, radiation, surgery, anti-inflammatory agents, and selected vitamins.
- the other agents can be administered prior to, after, or concomitantly with the pharmaceutical compositions.
- the pharmaceutical compositions can be in the form of solid, semi-solid or liquid dosage forms, such as, for example, tablets, suppositories, pills, capsules, powders, liquids, suspensions, lotions, creams, or gels, for example, in unit dosage form suitable for single administration of a precise dosage.
- nontoxic solid carriers include, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talc, cellulose, glucose, sucrose, and magnesium carbonate.
- Non-limiting examples of pharmaceutically active agents suitable for combination with compositions of the disclosure include anti-infectives, i.e., aminoglycosides, antiviral agents, antimicrobials, anticholinergics/anti spasmotics, antidiabetic agents, antihypertensive agents, antineoplastics, cardiovascular agents, central nervous system agents, coagulation modifiers, hormones, immunologic agents, immunosuppressive agents, and ophthalmic preparations.
- anti-infectives i.e., aminoglycosides, antiviral agents, antimicrobials, anticholinergics/anti spasmotics, antidiabetic agents, antihypertensive agents, antineoplastics, cardiovascular agents, central nervous system agents, coagulation modifiers, hormones, immunologic agents, immunosuppressive agents, and ophthalmic preparations.
- Liposomes are composed of natural phospholipids, and can contain mixed lipid chains with surfactant properties (e.g., egg phosphatidylethanolamine).
- a liposome design can employ surface ligands for attaching to unhealthy tissue.
- Non-limiting examples of liposomes include the multilamellar vesicle (MLV), the small unilamellar vesicle (SUV), and the large unilamellar vesicle (LUV).
- Liposomal physicochemical properties can be modulated to optimize penetration through biological barriers and retention at the site of administration, and to reduce a likelihood of developing premature degradation and toxicity to non-target tissues.
- Optimal liposomal properties depend on the administration route: large-sized liposomes show good retention upon local injection, small-sized liposomes are better suited to achieve passive targeting.
- PEGylation reduces the uptake of the liposomes by the liver and spleen, and increases the circulation time, resulting in increased localization at the inflamed site due to the enhanced permeability and retention (EPR) effect.
- liposomal surfaces can be modified to achieve selective delivery of the encapsulated drug to specific target cells.
- Non-limiting examples of targeting ligands include monoclonal antibodies, vitamins, peptides, and polysaccharides specific for receptors concentrated on the surface of cells associated with the disease.
- Non-limiting examples of dosage forms suitable for use in the disclosure include liquid, elixir, nanosuspension, aqueous or oily suspensions, drops, syrups, and any combination thereof.
- Non-limiting examples of pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients suitable for use in the disclosure include granulating agents, binding agents, lubricating agents, disintegrating agents, sweetening agents, glidants, anti-adherents, anti-static agents, surfactants, anti-oxidants, gums, coating agents, coloring agents, flavoring agents, coating agents, plasticizers, preservatives, suspending agents, emulsifying agents, plant cellulosic material and spheronization agents, and any combination thereof.
- compositions of the invention can be packaged as a kit.
- a kit includes written instructions on the administration/use of the composition.
- the written material can be, for example, a label.
- the written material can suggest conditions methods of administration.
- the instructions provide the subject and the supervising physician with the best guidance for achieving the optimal clinical outcome from the administration of the therapy.
- the written material can be a label.
- the label can be approved by a regulatory agency, for example the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), the European Medicines Agency (EMA), or other regulatory agencies.
- FDA U.S. Food and Drug Administration
- EMA European Medicines Agency
- compositions described herein can be in unit dosage forms suitable for single administration of precise dosages.
- the formulation is divided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of one or more compounds.
- the unit dosage can be in the form of a package containing discrete quantities of the formulation.
- Non-limiting examples are liquids in vials or ampoules.
- Aqueous suspension compositions can be packaged in single-dose non-reclosable containers. Multiple-dose reclosable containers can be used, for example, in combination with a preservative.
- Formulations for parenteral injection can be presented in unit dosage form, for example, in ampoules, or in multi-dose containers with a preservative.
- a compound described herein can be present in a composition in a range of from about 1 mg to about 2000 mg; from about 100 mg to about 2000 mg; from about 10 mg to about 2000 mg; from about 5 mg to about 1000 mg, from about 10 mg to about 500 mg, from about 50 mg to about 250 mg, from about 100 mg to about 200 mg, from about 1 mg to about 50 mg, from about 50 mg to about 100 mg, from about 100 mg to about 150 mg, from about 150 mg to about 200 mg, from about 200 mg to about 250 mg, from about 250 mg to about 300 mg, from about 300 mg to about 350 mg, from about 350 mg to about 400 mg, from about 400 mg to about 450 mg, from about 450 mg to about 500 mg, from about 500 mg to about 550 mg, from about 550 mg to about 600 mg, from about 600 mg to about 650 mg, from about 650 mg to about 700 mg, from about 700 mg to about 750 mg, from about 750 mg to about 800 mg, from about 800 mg to about 850 mg, from about 850 mg to about 900 mg, from
- a compound described herein can be present in a composition in an amount of about 1 mg, about 2 mg, about 3 mg, about 4 mg, about 5 mg, about 10 mg, about 15 mg, about 20 mg, about 25 mg, about 30 mg, about 35 mg, about 40 mg, about 45 mg, about 50 mg, about 55 mg, about 60 mg, about 65 mg, about 70 mg, about 75 mg, about 80 mg, about 85 mg, about 90 mg, about 95 mg, about 100 mg, about 125 mg, about 150 mg, about 175 mg, about 200 mg, about 250 mg, about 300 mg, about 350 mg, about 400 mg, about 450 mg, about 500 mg, about 550 mg, about 600 mg, about 650 mg, about 700 mg, about 750 mg, about 800 mg, about 850 mg, about 900 mg, about 950 mg, about 1000 mg, about 1050 mg, about 1100 mg, about 1150 mg, about 1200 mg, about 1250 mg, about 1300 mg, about 1350 mg, about 1400 mg, about 1450 mg, about 1500 mg, about 1550 mg
- a dose can be expressed in terms of an amount of the drug divided by the mass of the subject, for example, milligrams of drug per kilograms of subject body mass.
- a compound is administered in an amount ranging from about 5 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg, 250 mg/kg to about 2000 mg/kg, about 10 mg/kg to about 800 mg/kg, about 50 mg/kg to about 400 mg/kg, about 100 mg/kg to about 300 mg/kg, or about 150 mg/kg to about 200 mg/kg.
- Non-limiting examples of compounds of the invention include the following:
- the toxicities of the compounds of the invention were determined for human cancerous cervical epithelium HeLa and normal lung fibroblast WI38 cells.
- the toxicities of EPIs INF-55 and INF-55Cl were quantified as controls.
- TABLE 1 shows the measured toxicities (IC 50 ; ⁇ M) of the compounds of the invention and the EPIs INF-55 and INF-55Cl against HeLa cells.
- TABLE 2 compares the toxicity of compounds 7-11 on HeLa cells and normal WI38 cells. The results indicated that compounds 7, 9, and 10 killed cancerous HeLa cells at concentrations that were not toxic to normal WI38 cells in culture.
- Example 3 Minimum Inhibitory Concentrations (MICs) of Compounds of the Invention and Antibiotics against MRSA Isolates
- the MICs of S. aureus ATCC 33591, BAA-44, BAA-1707, BAA-1717, BAA-1720, BAA-1747, BAA-1754, BAA-1761, BAA-1763, BAA-1764, and BAA-1766 were measured using a cell concentration of about 5 ⁇ 10 5 colony forming units (CFU)/mL.
- CFU colony forming units
- two-fold dilutions were made of each drug (starting with 100 CPM) in 100 ⁇ L of a cell suspension in trypticase soy broth (TSB). The samples were incubated overnight at 37° C. on a rotary shaking incubator set at 100 revolutions per minute (rpm) and were visually inspected for turbidity.
- TABLE 3 shows the MICs of compound 1 and compounds 7-9 against various MRSA isolates.
- TABLE 4 shows the MICs of antibiotics, including oxacillin, norfloxacin, tetracycline, gentamycin, vancomycin, erythromycin, and penicillin, against various MRSA isolates. The results in TABLE 4 indicated that several of the MRSA isolates developed resistance against the antibiotics, which are indicated with *.
- a fluorescent binding assay was performed to demonstrate that MRSA has more binding sites for compound 1 than S. aureus due to the overexpression of NorA efflux pumps in MRSA ( FIG. 1 ).
- the error bars represent data from three independent measurements.
- S. aureus and MRSA cells (about 10 8 CFU/mL) were treated with two doses of compound 1 (1 ⁇ M and 10 ⁇ M), and the cells were incubated at 37° C. for 15 minutes on a rotary shaker set at 150 rpm. After the incubation, the cells were transferred to a 96-well fluorescent plate reader and read every minute for 30 minutes at excitation wavelengths of 334 nm, 380 nm, and 407 nm, and an emission wavelength of 508 nm.
- the controls were: 1 ⁇ PBS, compound 1 (1 M and 10 ⁇ M) in 1 ⁇ PBS, S. aureus in 1 ⁇ PBS, and MRSA in 1 ⁇ PBS.
- INF-55 and reserpine, NorA EPIs were used to compete with compound 1 for binding sites on MRSA. Since compound 1 is highly fluorescent, binding could be assessed by measuring the fluorescence at excitation wavelengths of 345 nm, 380 nm, 407 nm, and an emission wavelength of 508 nm. Fluorescent readings were taken every minute for 30 minutes at a lamp energy of 20,000 CW. MRSA cells (about 10 8 CFU/mL) were pelleted at 7500 rpm and resuspended in 1 ⁇ PBS. The MRSA cells were then pretreated with the appropriate EPI at varying concentrations and incubated for 30 minutes at 37° C. at 150 rpm on a rotary shaker.
- INF-55 ( FIG. 2 ) and reserpine ( FIG. 3 ) were added at 1 ⁇ M, 10 ⁇ M, 50 ⁇ M, and 100 ⁇ M.
- compound 1 was added at 5 ⁇ M and the samples were incubated for 10 minutes. The samples were then placed in a fluorescent plate reader for analysis.
- the controls used were as follows: 1 ⁇ PBS, compound 1 (5 ⁇ M) in 1 ⁇ PBS, each respective concentration of the EPI in 1 ⁇ PBS, compound 1 (5 ⁇ M) added to MRSA cells, and each respective EPI added to MRSA cells.
- the instrument baseline fluorescence drift was corrected by subtracting the fluorescence measured at each time point for the 1 ⁇ PBS control sample.
- the error bars represent data from three independent measurements.
- Example 6 Light-Activated Killing of Bacteria Using Compounds of the Invention Using Photodynamic Therapy
- Photodynamic therapy with compound 1 reduced 100,000,000 viable MRSA cells to 0 viability upon receiving 2 minutes of white light irradiation.
- the compounds of the invention were effective at killing a wide variety of human, animal and agricultural pathogens, including CRE (gut, urinary tract and wound infections), S. pyogenes (flesh-eating bacteria), S. mutans (dental caries), Clavibacter (a major agricultural pathogen), and antibiotic-sensitive organisms.
- Gram-negative bacteria e.g., A. baumannii ) were sensitized to these PDT actions using non-toxic concentrations of PMB.
- Bacterial media was inoculated with bacteria and incubated overnight.
- the bacterial cultures were diluted to 5 ⁇ 10 8 CFU/mL using a McFarland latex turbidity standard (0.5).
- Compound 1 was diluted with sterile DMSO, which was added to the cell suspension in a glass culture tube. The cells were then incubated for 30 minutes at 37° C. on a rotary shaking incubator at 150 rpm. 500 ⁇ L of the treated cell suspension was added to a well on a sterile ceramic drop plate.
- Non-coherent white light from a LumacareTM LC-122 unit was used to irradiate the samples.
- the end of the light probe was placed 3 cm above the sample well, perpendicular to the surface of the sample, and light was applied for 2 minutes (15 seconds light, 15 seconds dark).
- 200 ⁇ L of the irradiated sample was transferred to a 96-well plastic microtiter plate, and five ten-fold dilutions were made in the media.
- 10 ⁇ L of each dilution was dripped onto an agar media plate and streaked down the plate by tilting the plate down.
- the agar plates were incubated at 37° C. overnight, and colony counts were performed to calculate the CFU/mL.
- FIG. 4 depicts the effects of PDT on MRSA using a hand-held flashlight, which can either be UV or plain white-light emitted using a LumaCareTM instrument, a hand-held white-light emitting flashlight, or a hand-held Chauvet® LED mini strobe light.
- the image on the left shows the PDT-stimulated clearance of MRSA, and the image on the right shows a scanning electron microscope image of cells upon being treated with a compound of the invention and receiving PDT.
- the SEM image shows that while cells treated with the combination of compound 9 at 25 uM and light using a LumaCareTM instrument appear to have burst from the inside. The cells treated with either light or compound 9 alone were undamaged.
- Bacterial patterning is a visually illustrative approach used to demonstrate control of bacterial growth with light and a photo-activated compound.
- an agar plate was prepared containing 20 ⁇ M of inactive and non-irradiated compound 1.
- 20 ⁇ M of compound 1 was used to prevent the inhibition of bacterial growth because the 20 ⁇ M concentration was significantly lower than the MIC value (400 ⁇ M).
- a chessboard mask was then placed on top of the agar plate. The agar plate was then irradiated with white light to photo-activate compound 1 only in the exposed areas (dark squares of FIG.
- Dose-dependent effects of treating bacteria with compound 1 and irradiation with white light were assessed by treating 10 8 CFU/mL of cells with compound 1, followed by irradiation with white light for 2 minutes.
- Compound 1 was added at a specific concentration to 1 mL of a 10 8 CFU/mL suspension of the respective bacterial cells, and the cells were incubated at 37° C. for approximately 45 minutes on a rotary shaker at 150 rpm.
- 0.5 mL of the cell suspension was removed and placed into the wells of a sterile ceramic drop plate, and then the cells were irradiated with white light from a LumacareTM LC 122A light source for 2 minutes at a distance of approximately 3 cm.
- the time and distance of the light application delivered about 85 J/cm 2 of 400-700 nm light to the sample.
- ten-fold dilutions were made of each cell sample.
- the dilutions were drip-streaked onto a tryptic soy agar (TSA) plate and incubated at 37° C. for 18-24 hours. Enumeration of bacteria was determined from the dilution, which produced a drip-streak containing approximately 30-300 colonies. After counting the colonies, the CFU/mL was calculated by applying the respective dilution factor and a factor of 100 to account for the 10 ⁇ L of sample taken. Appropriate controls were prepared, including cells with no treatment, cells with only compound 1 added, and cells only treated with light.
- FIG. 6 show the light-activated killing of MRSA (ATCC No. BAA-44; hospital-acquired MRSA).
- the error bars in FIG. 6 represent the variations between three replicate determinations. The results indicated that treatment with light led to greater cell toxicity than treatment of the cells with compound 1 alone.
- FIG. 7 also shows the light-activated killing of MRSA.
- the results show that there was a 3-log reduction in the concentration of CFUs when the cells were treated with 5 ⁇ M of compound 1, and there was a 1-log reduction in the concentration of CFUs when the cells were treated with 1 ⁇ M of compound 1.
- FIG. 8 shows the UV/Vis spectrum of compound 1. The results show that compound 1 had a primary peak maximum at 331 nm and a secondary peak maximum at 388 nm. These peaks are characteristic of and dependent on the specific structure of compound 1. Since the toxicity of compound 1 could be activated by white light alone (illustrated in FIG. 4 ), PDT activation was not confined to the compound's absorbance maxima.
- TABLE 6 shows the synergy and photodynamic inactivation resulting from treatment with compounds 1, 10, and 11. The results show that compounds 1, 10, and 11 were more effective at killing cells when the compounds were used in conjunction with norfloxacin or oxacillin. When compounds 1, 10, and 11 were used to treat cells in conjunction with PDT, only compound 1 had an increased ability to kill cells.
- FIG. 9 show the light-activated killing of MRSA (ATCC No. BAA-1717; community-acquired MRSA).
- the error bars in FIG. 9 represent the variations between three replicate determinations. The results indicated that treatment with light and compound 1 led to greater cell toxicity than treatment of the cells with compound 1 alone.
- FIG. 10 show the light-activated killing of S. aureus (ATCC No. 29213).
- the error bars in FIG. 10 represent the variations between three replicate determinations. The results indicated that treatment with light and compound 1 led to greater cell toxicity than treatment of the cells with compound 1 alone.
- FIG. 11 show the light-activated killing of VRE (ATCC No. 51299).
- the error bars in FIG. 11 represent the variations between three replicate determinations. The results indicated that treatment with light led to greater cell toxicity than treatment of the cells with compound 1 alone.
- TABLE 10 TABLE 11, and FIG. 12 show the light-activated killing of S. pyogenes (ATCC No. 8133).
- TABLE 10 depicts the MICs of compound 1 and light when used individually to treat S. pyogenes .
- the results in TABLE 11 indicated that treatment with light and compound 1 led to greater cell toxicity than treatment of the cells with compound 1 or light alone.
- the error bars in FIG. 12 represent the variations between three replicate determinations.
- TABLE 12 depicts the MICs of compound 1 and light when used individually to treat S. mutans .
- the results in TABLE 13 indicated that treatment with light and compound 1 led to greater cell toxicity than treatment of the cells with compound 1 or light alone.
- the error bars in FIG. 13 represent the variations between three replicate determinations.
- Example 8 Light-Activated Killing of Gram-Positive Organisms with Compound 1 and Structural Analogues of Compound 1
- MBC minimum bactericidal concentration
- the bacterial media was inoculated with bacteria and incubated overnight.
- the bacterial cultures were diluted to 5 ⁇ 10 8 CFU/mL using a McFarland latex turbidity standard (0.5).
- Compound 1 was diluted with sterile DMSO, which was added to the cell suspension in glass culture tubes. The cells were then incubated for 30 minutes at 37° C. on a rotary shaking incubator at 150 rpm. 500 ⁇ L of the treated cell suspension was added to a well on a sterile ceramic drop plate.
- Non-coherent white light from a LumacareTM LC-122 unit was used to irradiate the samples.
- the end of the light probe was placed 3 cm above the sample well, perpendicular to the surface of the sample, and light was applied for 2 minutes (15 seconds light, 15 seconds dark).
- 200 ⁇ L of the irradiated sample was transferred to a 96-well plastic microtiter plate and five ten-fold dilutions were made in the media.
- 10 ⁇ L of each dilution was dripped onto an agar media plate and was allowed to streak down the plate by tilting the plate down.
- the agar plates were incubated at 37° C. overnight and colony counts were performed to calculate the CFU/mL.
- TABLE 15 depicts the IC 50 of compounds in the presence or absence of light for human cell lines.
- the cell lines used were HeLa (human cervical adenocarcinoma), U-87 MG (human brain gliobastoma), MES-SA (human uterine sarcoma), MES-SA/Dx5 (human uterine sarcoma grown in presence of doxorubicin), NCI-H441 (human lung papillary adenocarcinoma), A549 (human lung carcinoma), WI-38 (human embryonic lung normal), MCF7 (human breast adenocarcinoma), SW1088 (human brain astrocytoma), B16F10 (mouse skin melanoma), NIH-3T3 (mouse fibroblast), and Jurkat (human lymphoblastoma).
- HeLa human cervical adenocarcinoma
- U-87 MG human brain gliobastoma
- MES-SA human uterine s
- Example 11 Synergy of Compound 1 with Antibiotics Against MRSA and Gram-Negative Bacteria Depicted Via an Isobologram
- the synergy of two compounds with varying relative potencies can be represented using an isobologram.
- An isobologram plots the normalized effective concentrations of each drug on each axis, where the sum of the two concentrations equals the line of additivity. Outside the line of additivity, when the sum >1, the effect of the two drugs is considered antagonistic; inside of the line of additivity, when the sum ⁇ 1, the effect of the two drugs is considered superadditive, or when the sum ⁇ 0.5, the effect of the two drugs is considered synergistic.
- Example 12 Synergy of Compound 1 with Antibiotics Against MRSA and Gram-Negative Bacteria Depicted Via a Checkerboard Assay
- Another method for determining synergy is a checkerboard assay.
- a checkerboard assay is performed whereby one of the test compounds is serially diluted horizontally across a plate, while the other test compound is serially diluted vertically down the plate.
- the perpendicular serial dilutions result in combinations of the compounds that range in concentrations from the highest to the lowest of each compound added.
- the checkerboard assay method was adjusted by serially diluting one of the test compounds horizontally and adding the second drug to each well at a concentration of 1 ⁇ 4 MIC.
- the 24-well microtiter plate was then incubated at 37° C. for 18-24 hours on a rotary shaker incubator at 150 rpm.
- FICI Fractional Inhibitory Concentration Index
- FIG. 16 demonstrates that the combination of compound 1 and PMB was effective at killing A. baumannii , as indicated by a decrease in the concentration of CFU compared to when either agent was used alone.
- Example 14 Treatment of E. coli with Compound 1, PMB, PME, and Light at Fixed Concentrations
- FIG. 17 demonstrates that the combination of compound 1 and PMB was effective at killing E. coli , as indicated by a decrease in CFU compared to when either agent was used alone.
- Example 15 Potentiation of Activity of Compound 1 and Structurally and Mechanistically Unrelated Antibiotics against Gram-Positive MRSA with a Low Non-Toxic Dose of MTT
- the potentiation of the antibiotic activity with compound 1 was demonstrated against MRSA (ATCC No. BAA-44) with a dose-dependent assay using 10 ⁇ M of compound 1 as an adjuvant.
- the MICs for the antibiotics in the absence of compound 1 were calculated by adjusting the cells to 5 ⁇ 10 5 CFU/mL with McFarland Turbidity Standard (0.5) followed by the addition of an antibiotic. The cells were then incubated at 37° C. for 18 hours on a rotary shaking incubator at 100 rpm. Finally, MTT was added to the cells to assess viability.
- the cells were adjusted to 5 ⁇ 10 5 CFU/mL with McFarland Turbidity Standard (0.5). Compound 1 was then added at 10 ⁇ M, and the cells were incubated at 37° C. for 45 minutes. The desired antibiotic was then added at three sub-inhibitory concentrations, and the cells were incubated at 37° C. for 18 hours on a rotary shaking incubator at 100 rpm. The samples were then diluted ten-fold, drip streaked onto a TSA plate, and incubated for 18 hours at 37° C. The resulting cell colonies were counted, and the CFU/mL values were calculated.
- FIG. 18 shows the MICs of tetracycline in the presence and absence of compound 1, which indicated that tetracycline was more efficacious in cell killing in the presence of compound 1.
- the arrows highlight the differences in CFU/mL in the presence and absence of compound 1.
- FIG. 19 shows the MICs of doxycycline in the presence and absence of compound 1, which indicated that doxycycline was more efficacious in cell killing in the presence of compound 1.
- the arrows highlight the differences in CFU/mL in the presence and absence of compound 1.
- FIG. 20 shows the MICs of norfloxacin in the presence and absence of compound 1, which indicated that norfloxacin was more efficacious in cell killing in the presence of compound 1.
- the arrows highlight the differences in CFU/mL in the presence and absence of compound 1.
- FIG. 21 shows the MICs of dicloxicillin in the presence and absence of compound 1, which indicated that dicloxicillin was more efficacious in cell killing in the presence of compound 1.
- the arrows highlight the differences in CFU/mL in the presence and absence of compound 1.
- FIG. 22 shows the MICs of oxacillin in the presence and absence of compound 1, which indicated that oxacillin was more efficacious in cell killing in the presence of compound 1.
- the arrows highlight the differences in CFU/mL in the presence and absence of compound 1.
- FIG. 23 shows the MICs of penicillin G in the presence and absence of compound 1, which indicated that penicillin G was more efficacious in cell killing in the presence of compound 1.
- the arrows highlight the differences in CFU/mL in the presence and absence of compound 1.
- FIG. 24 shows the MICs of tobramycin in the presence and absence of compound 1, which indicated that tobramycin was more efficacious in cell killing in the presence of compound 1.
- the arrows highlight the differences in CFU/mL in the presence and absence of compound 1.
- FIG. 25 shows the MICs of vancomycin in the presence and absence of compound 1, which indicated that vancomycin was more efficacious in cell killing in the presence of compound 1.
- the arrows highlight the differences in CFU/mL in the presence and absence of compound 1.
- Example 16 Cell Killing of Gram-Negative P. aeruginosa with Compounds of the Invention in the Presence of a Non-Toxic Concentration of PME
- FIG. 26 is an example of the treatment of P. aeruginosa with compound 1 and PME at fixed concentrations. The results indicated that PME was more efficacious in cell killing when co-administered with compound 1. Treatment of cells with 20 ⁇ M of compound 1 and 0.1 ⁇ g/mL of PME resulted in about a 2-log reduction in the CFU/mL compared to cells that were treated with PME alone.
- FIG. 27 is an example of the treatment of P. aeruginosa with compound 7 and PME at fixed concentrations. The results indicated that PME was more efficacious in cell killing when co-administered with compound 7. Treatment of cells with 20 ⁇ M of compound 7 and 0.1 ⁇ g/mL of PME resulted in about a 3-log reduction in the CFU/mL compared to cells that were treated with PME alone.
- FIG. 28 is an example of the treatment of P. aeruginosa with compound 8 and PME at fixed concentrations. The results indicated that PME was more efficacious in cell killing when co-administered with compound 8. Treatment of cells with 20 ⁇ M of compound 8 and 0.1 ⁇ g/mL of PME resulted in about a 4-log reduction in the CFU/mL compared to cells that were treated with PME alone.
- FIG. 29 is an example of the treatment of P. aeruginosa with compound 9 and PME at fixed concentrations. The results indicated that PME was more efficacious in cell killing when co-administered with compound 9. Treatment of cells with 20 ⁇ M of compound 9 and 0.1 ⁇ g/mL of PME resulted in about a 2-log reduction in the CFU/mL compared to cells that were treated with PME alone.
- FIG. 30 is an example of the treatment of P. aeruginosa with compound 10 and PME at fixed concentrations. The results indicated that PME was more efficacious in cell killing when co-administered with compound 10. Treatment of cells with 20 ⁇ M of compound 10 and 0.1 ⁇ g/mL of PME resulted in about a 2-log reduction in the CFU/mL compared to cells that were treated with PME alone.
- FIG. 31 is an example of the treatment of P. aeruginosa with compound 11 and PME at fixed concentrations. The results indicated that PME was more efficacious in cell killing when co-administered with compound 11. Treatment of cells with 20 ⁇ M of compound 11 and 0.1 ⁇ g/mL of PME resulted in a about 2-log reduction in the CFU/mL compared to cells that were treated with PME alone.
- Example 17 Cell Killing of Gram-Negative Klebsiella pneumoniae Using Compounds of the Invention in the Presence or Absence of PMB
- Klebsiella pneumoniae (CRE, ATCC BAA-1705) was grown in TSB overnight at 37° C. and diluted to about 5 ⁇ 10 5 CFU/mL using a McFarland Latex Turbidity standard (0.5).
- One mL of the cell suspension was transferred to a glass culture test tube.
- PMB was added to the cell suspension resulting in a final concentration of 200 ⁇ g/mL of PMB.
- the cell suspension was incubated at 37° C. on a rotary shaking incubator at 150 rpm for 4 hours.
- Compounds 1, 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11 were added to the cell suspension, resulting in a concentration of 20 ⁇ M for each of the compounds.
- the cell suspensions containing the compounds were incubated at 37° C.
- FIG. 32 depicts a turbidity comparison for MRSA (ATCC BAA-44) isolates treated with a positive control (vancomycin), compound 7, oxacillin, and a sample treated with both compound 7 and oxacillin.
- the results show that the observed turbidity decreased in the following order: no treatment>>oxacillin>>compound 7>>compound 7+oxacillin>positive control.
- FIG. 33 depicts the corresponding colony concentrations for the MRSA isolates shown in FIG. 32 .
- the arrow in FIG. 33 shows that co-treatment of MRSA with compound 7 and oxacillin was more effective at killing cells than individual treatments with compound 7 or oxacillin.
- Example 19 Synergy of Compounds 1 and Compounds 7-11 with Antibiotics Against Gram-Positive S. aureus
- the synergy of compounds 1 and 7-11 with oxacillin and norfloxacin was tested against MRSA (ATCC BAA-44).
- An overnight culture of MRSA was first diluted to about 5 ⁇ 10 5 CFU/mL in TSB. Then, 1 mL of the diluted broth suspension was added to a borosilicate glass culture tube. An appropriate volume of a compound or an antibiotic drug stock was added to the broth suspension and mixed using a vortex mixer. Then an appropriate volume of an antibiotic was added to test synergy with compounds 7-11. The samples were subsequently mixed using a vortex mixer, and the samples were incubated for 18 hours at 37° C. on a rotary shaking incubator.
- test cultures were diluted ten-fold, 10 ⁇ L of each dilution was drip-streaked onto a TSA plate, and the samples were incubated for 18 hours at 37° C. Colony counts were then performed and the CFU/mL values were calculated.
- FIG. 34 shows that compound 1 was more effective at killing MRSA when used in conjunction with oxacillin or norfloxacin.
- the arrows indicate the effect of co-treating cells with compound 1 and an antibiotic in comparison to treatment with compound 1 alone.
- Cells that received co-treatment with compound 1 and oxacillin or norfloxacin each had about a 5-log reduction in the number of surviving cells (CFU/mL).
- FIG. 35 shows that compound 7 was more effective at killing MRSA when used in conjunction with oxacillin or norfloxacin at two different concentrations.
- the arrows indicate the synergistic effect of using compound 7 and an antibiotic in comparison to treatment with compound 7 alone.
- Cells treated with compound 7 and oxacillin or norfloxacin generated MICs that were six-fold and four-fold greater than cells treated with compound 8 alone, respectively.
- FIG. 36 shows that compound 8 was more effective at killing MRSA when used in conjunction with oxacillin or norfloxacin at two different concentrations.
- the arrows indicate the synergistic effect of treating cells with compound 8 and an antibiotic in comparison to treatment with compound 8 alone.
- Cells treated with compound 8 and oxacillin or norfloxacin generated MICs that were three-fold and two-fold greater than cells treated with compound 8 alone, respectively.
- FIG. 37 shows that compound 9 was more effective at killing MRSA when used in conjunction with oxacillin or norfloxacin at varying concentrations.
- the arrows indicate this synergistic effect in comparison to treatment with compound 9 in the absence of oxacillin or norfloxacin.
- Cells treated with compound 9 and oxacillin or norfloxacin generated MICs that were two-fold greater than cells treated with compound 9 alone.
- FIG. 38 shows that compound 10 was more effective at killing MRSA when used in conjunction with oxacillin or norfloxacin at varying concentrations.
- the arrow indicates this synergistic effect in comparison to cell treatment with compound 10 alone. While compound 10 alone was able to effectively kill cells (MIC of 16 ⁇ M), cells treated with compound 10 and oxacillin or norfloxacin generated MICs that were eight-fold greater than cells treated with compound 10 alone.
- FIG. 39 shows that compound 10 was more effective at killing MRSA when used in conjunction with oxacillin or norfloxacin.
- the arrows indicate the effect of co-treating cells with compound 1 and oxacillin or norfloxacin in comparison to treatment with compound 10 alone.
- Cells that received co-treatment with compound 10 and oxacillin or norfloxacin had about a 4-log and about a 5-log reduction in the number of surviving cells (CFU/mL), respectively.
- FIG. 40 shows that compound 11 was more effective at killing MRSA when used in conjunction with oxacillin at various concentrations.
- the dark arrow denotes the synergistic effect in comparison to cell treatment with compound 11 at a concentration of 1 ⁇ M in the absence of oxacillin.
- FIG. 41 shows that compound 11 was more effective at killing MRSA when used in conjunction with oxacillin or norfloxacin.
- the arrows indicate the effect of co-treating cells with compound 11 and oxacillin or norfloxacin in comparison to treatment with compound 11 alone.
- Cells that received co-treatment with compound 11 and oxacillin or norfloxacin had about a 5-log and about an 8-log reduction in the number of surviving cells (CFU/mL), respectively.
- TABLE 22 details the combination effects identified in the MRSA assays of combining compounds 1, 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11 with antibiotics, including dicloxicillin, norfloxacin, oxacillin, tetracycline, tobramycin, vancomycin, and light.
- Example 20 Synergy of Compounds 7-11 with Antibiotics Against Gram-Positive Enterococcus faecalis
- VRE vancomycin, tetracycline, and norfloxacin was tested against VRE (ATCC 51299).
- overnight cultures of VRE were diluted to about 5 ⁇ 10 5 CFU/mL in TSB.
- 1 mL of the diluted broth suspension was added to a borosilicate glass culture tube.
- the samples were mixed using a vortex mixer, and an appropriate volume of an antibiotic was added to the samples.
- the samples were mixed using a vortex mixer and incubated for 18 hours at 37° C. on a rotary shaking incubator.
- test cultures were diluted ten-fold, and 10 ⁇ L of each dilution was drip-streaked onto a TSA plate and incubated for 18 hours at 37° C. Colony counts were then performed and the CFU/mL values were calculated.
- FIG. 42 shows that compound 7 was more effective at killing VRE when the cells were treated with 75 ⁇ M of compound 7 in conjunction with vancomycin, tetracycline, or norfloxacin compared to treatment with compound 7 or the antibiotics alone.
- FIG. 43 shows that compound 8 was more effective at killing VRE when the cells were treated with 7.5 ⁇ M of compound 8 in conjunction with vancomycin, tetracycline, or norfloxacin compared to when the cells were treated with compound 8 or the antibiotics alone.
- FIG. 44 shows that compound 9 was more effective at killing VRE when the cells were treated with 75 ⁇ M of compound 9 in conjunction with tetracycline or norfloxacin compared to treatment with compound 9 or the antibiotics alone.
- FIG. 45 shows that compound 10 was more effective at killing VRE when the cells were treated with 2-2.5 ⁇ M of compound 10 in conjunction with vancomycin, tetracycline, dicloxicillin, or norfloxacin compared to treatment with compound 10 or the antibiotics alone.
- FIG. 46 shows that compound 11 was more effective at killing VRE when the cells were treated with 2-2.5 ⁇ M of compound 11 in conjunction with vancomycin, tetracycline, or norfloxacin compared to treatment with compound 11 or the antibiotics alone.
- VRE vancomycin in vitro susceptibility breakpoint
- Example 21 Synergy of Compounds 7-11 with Antibiotics Against Gram-Negative Klebsiella pneumoniae Using PMB
- the MICs of PMB and compounds 7-11 were determined against Klebsiella pneumoniae (CRE, ATCC BAA-1705). Based on the MIC determinations, a sub-inhibitory concentration of PMB (200 ng/mL) was added to the cell suspensions, and the samples were incubated for 3 hours. After the incubation with PMB, each of the compounds was added at a concentration of 20 ⁇ M, and the samples were incubated for an additional 18 hours. A sample was taken and diluted ten-fold in media. Ten microliters of each dilution was then drip-streaked onto an agar plate and incubated overnight at 37° C. Colony counts were then performed and the concentrations of cells (CFU/mL) were calculated.
- FIG. 47 shows the synergy of compounds 7-11 with PMB against CRE.
- compound 7 substantially reduced the number of CRE colonies.
- simultaneous treatment of cells with PMB and compounds 8-11 resulted in significant antibacterial activity and reduced the bacterial population to sterility.
- Example 22 Synergy of Compound 7 with Antibiotics Against Gram-Negative E. cloacae and K. pneumoniae Using PMB and PME
- the MICs of PME and compounds 8-11 were determined against Klebsiella pneumoniae (CRE, ATCC BAA-1705). Based on the MIC determinations, a sub-inhibitory concentration of PME (200 ng/mL) was added to the cell suspensions, and the samples were incubated for 1 hour. After the incubation with PME, the compounds were added at a concentration of 20 ⁇ M, and the samples were further incubated. At specific time points, the samples were taken and diluted ten-fold in media. Ten microliters of each dilution was then drip-streaked onto an agar plate and incubated overnight at 37° C. Colony counts were then performed and the CFU/mL were calculated.
- FIG. 48 shows the time-dependent changes in the colony counts of CRE when the cells were treated with PME, compounds 8 or 9, and PME, or when the cells received no treatment (NT). Both compounds 8 and 9 reduced the CRE colony populations to sterility when the cells were simultaneously treated with PME (0.2 ⁇ g/mL). These results demonstrate the synergistic effects of the compounds and PME.
- FIG. 49 shows the time-dependent changes in the colony counts of CRE upon treatment with PME, compounds 10 or 11, and PME, or when the cells received no treatment (NT). Both compounds reduced the CRE colony populations to sterility when the cells were simultaneously treated with PME (0.2 ⁇ g/mL). These results demonstrate the synergistic effects of the compounds and PME.
- the MICs of PME and compounds 8-11 were determined against A. baumannii (ATCC 15151). Based on the MIC determinations, a sub-inhibitory concentration of PME (200 ng/mL) was added to the cell suspensions, and the resulting samples were incubated for 1 hour. After incubating the cells with PME, a compound (5 ⁇ M) was added, and the samples were further incubated at 37° C. At specific time points, samples were taken and diluted ten-fold in media. Ten microliters of each dilution was then drip-streaked onto an agar plate and incubated overnight at 37° C. Colony counts were then performed, and the CFU/mL were calculated.
- FIG. 50 shows the MICs of compounds 7 and 9 for several time points.
- the bacterial colonies were treated with compounds 7 or 9 along with 0.2 ⁇ g/mL of PME, the A. baumannii colony populations were reduced to sterility.
- the arrows indicate that the bacterial colonies did not recover with time upon being treated with compounds 7 or 9 and PME.
- FIG. 51 shows the MIC of compound 8 for several time points.
- the A. baumannii colony populations were reduced to sterility.
- the arrows indicate that the bacterial colonies did not recover with time upon being treated with compound 8 and PME or PMB.
- FIG. 52 shows the MICs of compounds 10 and 11 for several time points.
- the bacterial colonies were treated with compounds 10 or 11 along with 0.2 ⁇ g/mL of PME, the A. baumannii colony populations were reduced to sterility.
- the arrows indicate that the bacterial colonies did not recover with time upon being treated with compounds 10 or 11 and PME.
- Example 25 Resensitization of Pathogenic Bacteria to Antibiotics in the Presence of Compound 1 and Compounds 7-11
- the combination effects of compound 1 and compounds 7-11 were quantified in the presence of antibiotics, including PMB, PME, oxacillin, norfloxacin, vancomycin, tetracycline, dicloxacillin, tobramycin, doxycycline, and/or light.
- antibiotics including PMB, PME, oxacillin, norfloxacin, vancomycin, tetracycline, dicloxacillin, tobramycin, doxycycline, and/or light.
- two-fold dilutions were made of each drug (starting with 100 ⁇ M) in 100 ⁇ L of a cell suspension in TSB.
- the resulting samples were incubated overnight at 37° C. on a rotary shaking incubator at 100 rpm.
- the samples were then visually inspected for turbidity.
- a 20% well volume of MTT reagent (5 mg/mL) was subsequently added, and the samples were incubated for about 20 minutes.
- aureus Norfloxacin (0.5 ⁇ g/mL) 6 ATCC 29213 1 (10 ⁇ M) MRSA Vancomycin (0.5 ⁇ g/mL) 9 1 (10 ⁇ M) MRSA Tetracycline (0.1 ⁇ g/mL) 5-6 1 (10 ⁇ M) MRSA Doxycycline (0.1 ⁇ g/mL) 4 1 (10 ⁇ M) MRSA Norfloxacin (20 ⁇ g/mL) 9 1 (10 ⁇ M) MRSA Oxacillin (100 ⁇ g/mL) 7-8 1 (10 ⁇ M) MRSA Dicloxacillin (1 ⁇ g/mL) 8 1 (10 ⁇ M) MRSA Tobramycin (100 ⁇ g/mL) 9 1 (10 ⁇ M) CRE PME (0.1 ⁇ g/mL) 9 1 (10 ⁇ M) CRE PME (0.2 ⁇ g/mL) + Light (2 min) 9 1 (20 ⁇ M) P.
- aeruginosa PME (0.1 ⁇ g/mL) 2 1 (20 ⁇ M) P. aeruginosa PME (0.1 ⁇ g/mL) + Light (2 min) 8 7 (5 ⁇ M) A. baumannii PME (0.2 ⁇ g/mL) 8 7 (15 ⁇ M) MRSA Oxacillin (100 ⁇ g/mL) 6 7 (15 ⁇ M) MRSA Norfloxacin (15 ⁇ g/mL) 4 7 (15 ⁇ M) MRSA Oxacillin (100 ⁇ g/mL) 6 7 (15 ⁇ M) MRSA Norfloxacin (15 ⁇ g/mL) 4 7 (20 ⁇ M) P.
- aeruginosa PME (0.1 ⁇ g/mL) 3 7 (20 ⁇ M) CRE PMB (0.2 ⁇ g/mL) 4 7 (75 ⁇ M) VRE Norfloxacin (2.5 ⁇ g/mL) 4-5 7 (75 ⁇ M) VRE Vancomycin (3.5 ⁇ g/mL) 3-4 7 (75 ⁇ M) VRE Tetracycline (1.5 ⁇ g/mL) 3 8 (5 ⁇ M) MRSA Oxacillin (50 ⁇ g/mL) 3-4 8 (5 ⁇ M) MRSA Norfloxacin (25 ⁇ g/mL) 2-3 8 (5 ⁇ M) A.
- baumannii PME (0.05 ⁇ g/mL) 9 8 (7.5 ⁇ M) VRE Norfloxacin (2.5 ⁇ g/mL) 4-5 8 (7.5 ⁇ M) VRE Vancomycin (3.5 ⁇ g/mL) 3 8 (7.5 ⁇ M) VRE Tetracycline (1.5 ⁇ g/mL) 3-4 8 (20 ⁇ M) CRE PMB (0.2 ⁇ g/mL) 6 8 (20 ⁇ M) CRE PME (0.2 ⁇ g/mL) 6 8 (20 ⁇ M) A.
- baumannii PMB (0.2 ⁇ g/mL) 9 8 (20 ⁇ M) P. aeruginosa PME (0.1 ⁇ g/mL) 4 9 (5 ⁇ M) A.
- aeruginosa PME 0.1 ⁇ g/mL 2 9 (75 ⁇ M) VRE Norfloxacin (2.5 ⁇ g/mL) 4 9 (75 ⁇ M) VRE Tetracycline (1.5 ⁇ g/mL) 3-4 10 (1 ⁇ M) MRSA Oxacillin (100 ⁇ g/mL) 4-5 10 (1 ⁇ M) MRSA Norfloxacin (15 ⁇ g/mL) 5-6 10 (2 ⁇ M) VRE Norfloxacin (5 ⁇ g/mL) 5-6 10 (2 ⁇ M) VRE Tetracycline (1 ⁇ g/mL) 3-4 10 (2 ⁇ M) VRE Dicloxacillin (10 ⁇ g/mL) 5 10 (2.5 ⁇ M) VRE Vancomycin (3.5 ⁇ g/mL) 4 10 (5 ⁇ M) A.
- aeruginosa PME 0.1 ⁇ g/mL 2 11 (0.5 ⁇ M) MRSA Oxacillin (100 ⁇ g/mL) 5 11 (0.5 ⁇ M) MRSA Norfloxacin (20 ⁇ g/mL) 8 11 (0.5 ⁇ M) VRE Norfloxacin (2.5 ⁇ g/mL) 3-4 11 (0.5 ⁇ M) VRE Vancomycin (3.5 ⁇ g/mL) 3 11 (0.5 ⁇ M) VRE Tetracycline (1.5 ⁇ g/mL) 3 11 (5 ⁇ M) A.
- TABLES 30-40 show the combination effects of treating various strains of S. aureus (i.e., ATCC 33591, BAA-44; BAA-1707; BAA-1717; BAA-1720; BAA-1747; BAA-1754; BAA-1761; BAA-1763; BAA-1764; BAA-1766) with compounds 7-11 and an antibiotic (i.e., oxacillin, norfloxacin, tetracycline, gentamycin, and vancomycin).
- an antibiotic i.e., oxacillin, norfloxacin, tetracycline, gentamycin, and vancomycin.
- Inhibition resulting from co-treatment of a broth suspension with a compound of the invention and an antibiotic was compared to broth suspensions subjected to each individual treatment.
- the MICs were read as the lowest concentration of an antimicrobial agent that completely inhibited growth of the organism in the tubes or microdilution wells as detected by the unaided eye.
- Gram-positive cocci For Gram-positive cocci, trailing growth was observed. For these species, the MICs were read at the first spot where trailing was observed, and tiny buttons of growth were ignored.
- trimethoprim and sulfonamides included trimethoprim and sulfonamides. Antagonists in the medium allowed for some slight growth; thus, the end point was read as the concentration in which there was ⁇ 80% reduction in growth compared to the control. When a single skipped well (i.e., wells that exhibit no growth although growth occurs at higher concentrations) was observed, the highest MIC was read.
- a compound of the invention and an antibiotic were considered to have “no synergy” when no change was observed in turbidity between co-treatment of a broth suspension with a compound of the invention and an antibiotic and either of the individual components alone.
- MIC interpretive standards were used to classify antibiotics, including oxacillin, norfloxacin, gentamycin, vancomycin, and tetracycline, as “susceptible”, “intermediate”, or “resistant”. Two-fold dilutions of the antibiotics were prepared in a liquid growth medium dispensed in test tubes. For broth dilutions, cation-adjusted Mueller-Hinton broth was used to determine the MICs; cation-adjusted Mueller-Hinton broth supplemented with 2% NaCl was used to determine the MIC of oxacillin.
- agar dilutions Mueller-Hinton agar was used to determine the MICs; Mueller-Hinton agar supplemented with 2% NaCl was used to determine the MIC of oxacillin.
- the antibiotic-containing tubes were inoculated with a standard bacterial suspension of 5 ⁇ 10 5 CFU/mL. Following an overnight incubation (16-20 hrs) at 35 ⁇ 2° C. under ambient air, the tubes were examined for visible bacterial growth based on turbidity. The lowest concentration of antibiotic that prevented growth was determined to be the MIC. An incubation time of 24 hrs was used to determine the MICs of oxacillin and vancomycin.
- TABLE 41 summarizes the data presented in TABLES 5-17 with respect to compound 7. These data demonstrate that compound 7 reverts a broad spectrum of MRSA strains to antibiotic-sensitive S. aureus.
- the drug concentrations used to obtain these data were 2.3 ⁇ g/mL of compound 7 (1/6 IC 50 on HeLa cells); 2 ⁇ g/mL oxacillin, or 4 ⁇ g/mL of norfloxacin, tetracycline, and gentamycin.
- Example 27 Light-Activated Killing of Gram-Negative Organisms with Compound 1 in the Presence of a Non-Toxic Concentration of PMB
- FIG. 53 is an example of the treatment of A. baumannii with compound 1 and PMB at fixed concentrations with and without irradiation using white light ( ⁇ ). The results indicated that PMB was more efficacious in cell killing when co-administered with compound 1 and light.
- FIG. 54 is an example of the treatment of E. coli with compound 1 and PMB at fixed concentrations with and without irradiation using white light ( ⁇ ). The results indicated that PMB was more efficacious in cell killing when co-administered with compound 1 and light.
- Example 28 Light-Activated Killing of Gram-Negative P. aeruginosa with Compounds of the Invention in the Presence of a Non-Toxic Concentration of PME
- P. aeruginosa cells were also treated with white light upon being incubated with compound 1 for different durations of time.
- a 12 ⁇ 75 mm borosilicate glass culture tube 1 mL of cell suspension was added.
- PME was added to the cells, and the samples were mixed using a vortex mixer.
- the resulting samples were incubated for 1.5 hours at 37° C. on a rotary shaking incubator at 100 rpm.
- Compound 1 was then added, and the samples were incubated for 30 minutes at 37° C. on a rotary shaking incubator at 100 rpm.
- the samples were then irradiated with white light using a LumacareTM LC-122 for 2 minutes (irradiation ⁇ 1 ) and incubated overnight at 37° C.
- the samples were irradiated again with white light using a LumacareTM LC-122 for 2 minutes (irradiation ⁇ 2 ).
- Ten-fold dilutions were made of each sample, and 10 ⁇ L of each dilution was drip-streaked onto an agar plate.
- the samples were incubated overnight at 37° C., and colony counts were performed to calculate CFU/mL.
- FIG. 55 is an illustrative example of the treatment of P. aeruginosa with compound 1, PME, co-treatment with compound 1 and PME, and co-treatment with compound 1, PME, and light ( ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 ) at fixed concentrations.
- Cells that received treatment with additional irradiation after an overnight incubation with compound 1 ( ⁇ 2 ) resulted in a negligible reduction in the CFU/mL compared to cells that received co-treatment with compound 1 and PME.
- Example 29 Comparison of Compound 1 Administered to HeLa Cells in 0.1% Volume DMSO with Compound 1 Encapsulated in Liposomes
- HeLa cells were preincubated either with compound 1 in DMSO or in dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine (DPPC) liposomes at a 1 ⁇ M final concentration of compound 1.
- An effective period of pre-incubation with the drug in the dark was determined to be about 28 hours for compound 1 in DMSO and 60 hours for liposomal delivery of compound 1.
- the cells were then irradiated with continuous white light for 2 minutes at a distance of 6.5 cm using a LumaCareTM light source.
- An MTT assay was carried out to evaluate cell viability 48 hours later.
- the stability of the formulation was determined using dynamic light scattering (DLS) to measure the mean size and standard deviation, both of which remained consistent. The experiments were repeated after the indicated periods, and the outcome of compound 1 photodynamic therapy was essentially the same in terms of cell killing.
- DLS dynamic light scattering
- FIG. 56 depicts the ability of a compound of the invention to be a photodynamic agent via the production of singlet oxygen species in vitro.
- the production of singlet oxygen upon irradiation with light (hv) was detected using Singlet Oxygen Sensor Green (SOSG).
- SOSG Singlet Oxygen Sensor Green
- 20 ⁇ M of each 1-Sol and SOSG were prepared in water and allowed to equilibrate at room temperature for one hour.
- the samples were read with a UV/Vis plate spectrophotometer using excitation and emission wavelengths of 500 nm and 540 nm, respectively, before and after three minutes of irradiation with non-coherent light (400-700 nm) for three minutes at a 3 cm distance using a LumacareTM LC-122.
- REU relative fluorescence units
- Example 31 Suppression of the Evolution of Resistance in Drug Sensitive S. aureus (ATCC 29213)
- the MICs of antibiotics and compounds 7-11 were determined against S. aureus (ATCC 29213).
- 100 ⁇ L of a cell suspension (about 5 ⁇ 10 5 CFU/mL in TSB media) were diluted two-fold in triplicate with compounds 7-11 or an antibiotic. Each mixture was incubated at 37° C. on a rotary shaking incubator for about 16 hours. MTT was then added to assess the viability of the cells (at 10% well volume).
- sub-inhibitory concentrations 0.5 MIC; 0.25 MIC
- each compound and antibiotic were incubated with cells overnight (18-24 hrs) at 37° C. on a rotary shaking incubator at 100 rpm. The cells were then streaked onto a TSA plate and incubated overnight at 37° C. These steps were repeated to reach a total of 30 exposures.
- FIG. 57 and FIG. 58 are the corresponding images to TABLE 44.
- TABLE 45 summarizes the synergistic activities of the seven classes of clinically used antibiotics and compounds of the invention against a variety of different drug-resistant bacteria.
- a method of treating a condition comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound that binds a biological structure, thereby decreasing drug resistance in a cell, wherein the compound is more therapeutically-effective in the presence of light than in the dark.
- any one of embodiments 1-24, wherein the therapeutically-effective amount is from about 5 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg.
- each R 1a , R 1b , R 2a , R 2b , R 3a , R 3b , R 4a , and R 4b is independently: halogen, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, azido, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonic acid group, an imine group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxaldehyde group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a thioether group, a thioester group, a thioacid group, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkoxy
- each R 1a , R 2a , R 3a , and R 4a is independently: F, Cl, Br, I, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, or a carbamate group, any of which is substituted or unsubstituted, or H.
- each R 1a , R 2a , R 3a , and R 4a is H.
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising, in a unit dosage form:
- each R 1a , R 1b , R 2a , R 2b , R 3a , R 3b , R 4a , and R 4b is independently: halogen, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, azido, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonic acid group, an imine group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxaldehyde group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a thioether group, a thioester group, a thioacid group, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkoxy
- each R 1a , R 2a , R 3a , and R 4a is independently: F, Cl, Br, I, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, or a carbamate group, any of which is substituted or unsubstituted, or H.
- each R 1a , R 2a , R 3a , and R 4a is H.
- composition of embodiment 52 wherein the antibiotic is polymyxin B or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
- composition of any one of embodiments 41-53, wherein the therapeutically-effective amount is from about 5 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg.
- a method of treating a condition comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound of formula:
- each R 1a , R 1b , R 2a , R 2b , R 3a , R 3b , R 4a , and R 4b is independently: halogen, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, azido, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonic acid group, an imine group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxaldehyde group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a thioether group, a thioester group, a thioacid group, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkoxy
- each R 1a , R 2a , R 3a , and R 4a is independently: F, Cl, Br, I, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, or a carbamate group, any of which is substituted or unsubstituted, or H.
- each R 1a , R 2a , R 3a , and R 4a is H.
- any one of embodiments 56-66, wherein the therapeutically-effective amount is from about 5 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg.
- a method of reducing drug resistance in a cell comprising contacting the cell with a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound that binds a biological structure that reduces a drug resistance mechanism in the cell, wherein the compound is more therapeutically-effective in the presence of light than in the dark.
- a method of increasing the activity of a therapeutic first compound in a cell comprising contacting the cell with a therapeutically-effective amount of the therapeutic first compound and a therapeutically-effective amount of a second compound, wherein the therapeutic first compound has a therapeutic effect that is greater than the therapeutic effect in absence of the second compound, wherein the second compound is more effective in the presence of light than in the dark.
- a method of treating a condition comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound that binds a biological structure, thereby decreasing drug resistance in a cell, and a therapeutically-effective amount of a second agent.
- microbe is methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus.
- any one of embodiments 80-101, wherein the therapeutically-effective amount of the compound is from about 5 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg.
- each linking group is independently alkylene, alkenylene, O, S, SO 2 , CO, N 2 , or a bond.
- each linking group is independently alkylene, alkenylene, O, S, SO 2 , CO, N 2 , or a bond.
- each linking group is independently alkylene, alkenylene, O, S, SO 2 , CO, N 2 , or a bond.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Nutrition Science (AREA)
- Physiology (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
Abstract
The present disclosure describes a method to treat conditions, including bacterial infections and cancer, using a photosensitive compound that, upon exposure to white light, can be activated. The photosensitive compound can also interact synergistically with antibiotics used concomitantly to kill drug-resistant bacteria. The photosensitive compounds can also be used to inhibit the proliferation of cancer cells.
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 15/798,545 filed Oct. 31, 2017 which is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 15/133,430, filed Apr. 20, 2016, which issued as U.S. Pat. No. 9,834,514 on Dec. 5, 2017, which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/149,738, filed Apr. 20, 2015, and U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/306,165, filed Mar. 10, 2016, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- The invention was made with government support under RR016480-12 by the National Center for Research Resources and under GM103451-12 by the National Institutes of Health. The government has certain rights in the invention.
- Antibiotics have become a mainstay of anti-microbial therapy, especially in treatment of bacterial infections. However, overuse of antibiotics has led to the emergence of drug-resistant bacteria due to antibiotic effectiveness and ease of access. The pathogenic bacteria that were initially sensitive to specific antibiotics are rapidly evolving to evade targeting by antibiotics. The development of a therapy that can combat the emergence of drug-resistant bacteria can assist in controlling the widespread evolution of pathogenic microbes.
- Each patent, publication, and non-patent literature cited in the application is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety as if each was incorporated by reference individually.
- In some embodiments, the invention provides a method of treating a condition, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound that binds a biological structure, thereby decreasing drug resistance in a cell, and a therapeutically-effective amount of a second agent.
- In some embodiments, the invention provides a compound of the formula:
- wherein:
-
- R1 is hydrogen or an ester group;
- R2 is hydrogen, halogen, or L1-Ar1;
- R3 is hydrogen, halogen, or L2-Ar2;
- or R2 and R3 together with the atoms to which R2 and R3 are bound form a substituted or unsubstituted ring;
- each L1 and L2 is independently a linking group or a bond;
- each Ar1 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group;
- each Ar2 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group wherein Ar2 is not substituted with an amide, amine, nitro, imine, or ester group;
- each A1, A2, A3, and A4 is independently C(R1a), C(R1a)(R1b), N, or N(R1a);
- each R1a and R1b is independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, azido, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonic acid group, an imine group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxaldehyde group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a thioether group, a thioester group, a thioacid group, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, any of which is substituted or unsubstituted; and
- each is independently a single or double bond,
or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof, wherein the compound is not:
-
FIG. 1 depicts a fluorescent binding assay for a compound of the invention. -
FIG. 2 shows a competition assay betweencompound 1 and INF-55. -
FIG. 3 shows a competition assay betweencompound 1 and reserpine. -
FIG. 4 shows an image of a culture dish (left) and a scanning electron microscope image (right) of MRSA upon receiving photodynamic therapy using a hand-held UV flashlight. -
FIG. 5 depicts a chessboard bacterial patterning system for visualization of bacterial growth. -
FIG. 6 depicts light-activated killing of hospital-acquired MRSA withcompound 1. -
FIG. 7 depicts light-activated killing of hospital-acquired MRSA withcompound 1. -
FIG. 8 depicts a UV/Vis spectrum ofcompound 1. -
FIG. 9 depicts light-activated killing of community-acquired MRSA withcompound 1. -
FIG. 10 depicts light-activated killing of S. aureus withcompound 1. -
FIG. 11 depicts light-activated killing of VRE withcompound 1. -
FIG. 12 depicts light-activated killing of S. pyogenes withcompound 1. -
FIG. 13 depicts light-activated killing of S. mutans withcompound 1. -
FIG. 14 represents an isobologram for synergy betweencompound 1 and various antibiotics. -
FIG. 15 represents a zoomed-in portion of the isobologram fromFIG. 14 . -
FIG. 16 illustrates the effect of treatment of A. baumannii withcompound 1 and polymyxin B. -
FIG. 17 illustrates the effect of treatment of E. coli withcompound 1 and polymyxin B. -
FIG. 18 illustrates the effect of treatment of MRSA withcompound 1 and tetracycline. -
FIG. 19 illustrates the effect of treatment of MRSA withcompound 1 and doxycycline. -
FIG. 20 illustrates the effect of treatment of MRSA withcompound 1 and norfloxacin. -
FIG. 21 illustrates the effect of treatment of MRSA withcompound 1 and dicloxicillin. -
FIG. 22 illustrates the effect of treatment of MRSA withcompound 1 and oxacillin. -
FIG. 23 illustrates the effect of treatment of MRSA withcompound 1 and penicillin G. -
FIG. 24 illustrates the effect of treatment of MRSA withcompound 1 and tobramycin. -
FIG. 25 represents the MIC of vancomycin in presence or absence ofcompound 1 against MRSA. -
FIG. 26 illustrates the effect of treating P. aeruginosa withcompound 1 and polymyxin E. -
FIG. 27 illustrates the effect of treating P. aeruginosa withcompound 7 and polymyxin E. -
FIG. 28 illustrates the effect of treating P. aeruginosa withcompound 8 and polymyxin E. -
FIG. 29 illustrates the effect of treating P. aeruginosa withcompound 9 and polymyxin E. -
FIG. 30 illustrates the effect of treating P. aeruginosa withcompound 10 and polymyxin E. -
FIG. 31 illustrates the effect of treating P. aeruginosa withcompound 11 and polymyxin E. -
FIG. 32 depicts in image of a turbidity comparison of MRSA isolates treated withcompound 7 and/or oxacillin. -
FIG. 33 depicts the quantification of the MRSA isolates shown inFIG. 32 upon being treated withcompound 7 and/or oxacillin. -
FIG. 34 illustrates the effect of treating MRSA withcompound 1 and norfloxacin or oxacillin. -
FIG. 35 depicts the synergistic effect of treating MRSA withcompound 7 and oxacillin or norfloxacin. -
FIG. 36 depicts the synergistic effect of treating MRSA withcompound 8 and oxacillin or norfloxacin. -
FIG. 37 depicts the synergistic effect of treating MRSA withcompound 9 and oxacillin or norfloxacin. -
FIG. 38 depicts the synergistic effect of treating MRSA withcompound 10 and oxacillin or norfloxacin. -
FIG. 39 depicts the synergistic effects of treating MRSA withcompound 10 and norfloxacin or oxacillin. -
FIG. 40 depicts the synergistic effect of treating MRSA withcompound 11 and oxacillin or norfloxacin. -
FIG. 41 depicts the synergistic effect of treating MRSA withcompound 11 and norfloxacin or oxacillin. -
FIG. 42 depicts the synergistic effect of treating VRE withcompound 7 with vancomycin, tetracycline or norfloxacin. -
FIG. 43 depicts the synergistic effect of treating VRE withcompound 8 with vancomycin, tetracycline or norfloxacin. -
FIG. 44 depicts the synergistic effect of treating VRE withcompound 9 with tetracycline or norfloxacin. -
FIG. 45 depicts the synergistic effect of treating VRE withcompound 10 with vancomycin, tetracycline, dicloxicillin or norfloxacin. -
FIG. 46 depicts the synergistic effect of treating VRE withcompound 11 with vancomycin, tetracycline or norfloxacin. -
FIG. 47 depicts the synergistic effect of treating CRE with compounds 7-11 with Polymyxin B. -
FIG. 48 illustrates the time-dependent effects of treating CRE with 8 or 9 with and without PME.compounds -
FIG. 49 illustrates the time-dependent effects of treating CRE with 10 or 11 with and without PME.compounds -
FIG. 50 illustrates changes in MICs of 7 and 9 over time against A. baumannii in the presence and absence of PME.compounds -
FIG. 51 illustrates changes in MIC ofcompound 8 over time against A. baumannii in the presence and absence of PME and PMB. -
FIG. 52 illustrates changes in MICs of 10 and 11 over time against A. baumannii in the presence and absence of PME.compounds -
FIG. 53 illustrates the effect ofcompound 1 and light versus polymyxin B in treatment of A. baumannii. -
FIG. 54 illustrates the effect ofcompound 1 and light versus polymyxin B in treatment of E. coli. -
FIG. 55 illustrates the effect of treating P. aeruginosa with combinations ofcompound 1, PME, and light. -
FIG. 56 illustrates production of singletoxygen using compound 1. -
FIG. 57 displays an image of minimum inhibitory concentration measurements of compounds 7-10 against S. aureus. -
FIG. 58 displays an image of final minimum inhibitory concentration measurements of compounds 7-10 when used to treat S. aureus upon receiving 30 exposures. - Antibiotics are used globally as therapy in the treatment of, for example, bacterial infections. Antibiotics can also be effective against some fungi and protozoa. Antibiotics can be classified as bacteriostatic, wherein the antibiotic inhibits reproduction of the bacteria, and bactericidal, wherein the antibiotic kills the bacteria. Antibiotics can be further classified by mechanism of action, which can include, for example, inhibition of bacterial cell wall synthesis, inhibition of bacterial cell membrane synthesis, inhibition of essential bacterial enzymes, inhibition of cell division, inhibition of peptidoglycan synthesis, inhibition of protein synthesis via binding to a 30S or 50S subunit of bacterial ribosome, inhibition of isoprenyl pyrophosphate, inhibition of folate synthesis, and production of toxic free radicals.
- Antibiotics can be used to treat bacterial infections. Antibiotics can also be used prophylactically for a subject, for example, having a wound that is likely to become infected, a subject about to undergo surgery, a subject about to receive dental treatment, or a subject who suffers from recurring infections including, for example, cellulitis, urinary tract infections, and rheumatic fever.
- Overuse of antibiotics in the healthcare and agricultural industries, and misuse of antibiotics, including use of antibiotics in the treatment of viral infections, cessation of antibiotic therapy prior to end of prescribed period, and prophylactic use of antibiotics by travelers, has led to the emergence of drug-resistant bacteria. Mutations that can help bacteria survive treatment with an antibiotic can quickly become prevalent throughout a bacterial population, and genetic elements encoding resistance mechanisms can be transferred between bacterial species.
- Bacteria can use various mechanisms to avoid killing by an antibiotic. Bacteria can, for example, modify the protein targeted by the antibiotic, enzymatically inactivate the antibiotic, decrease the ability of the antibiotic to enter the cell, transfer resistance genes between organisms via conjugation, transduction, or transformation, or increase the exit of the antibiotic from the cell using efflux pumps.
- Efflux pumps are transport proteins found in both Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria. Five major classes of efflux pumps can exist in prokaryotes including, for example, major facilitator (MF), multidrug and toxic efflux (MATE), resistance-nodulation-division (RND), small multidrug resistance (SMR), and ATP binding cassette (ABC). Efflux pumps can be specific for a single substrate or transport a range of structurally-similar or -dissimilar compounds, including antibiotics. Increased expression of efflux pumps can be correlated with resistance to associated substrates. Efflux pumps can also be used to transport, for example, toxins, metabolites, drugs, lipophilic cationic drugs, bile acids, fatty acids, and lipids.
- One mechanism that can be employed by drug-resistant bacteria is multi-drug efflux via membrane transporter proteins known as multidrug efflux systems (MES), which can recognize more than one substrate. The MES can be classified as, for example, ABC, MATE, RND, SMR, and the multiantimicrobial extrusion protein family. In Gram-positive bacteria, the major efflux systems are the chromosomally encoded Major Facilitator Superfamily (MFS), Nor-family (NorA, NorB, NorC), and the MdeA the MATE mepRAB (multidrug export protein and the SMR SepA) family. The Gram-positive efflux systems can have overlapping specificities and can accept a large variety of structurally unrelated antibiotics including, for example, quinolones, tetracyclines, and monovalent and divalent antimicrobial cations, which can include intercalating dyes, quaternary ammonium compounds, diamidines, biguanidines, and plant secondary metabolites.
- Non-limiting examples of efflux systems in Gram-negative bacteria include CraA and AmvA, which mediate antimicrobial and disinfectant resistance in A. baumannii, and MdfA of E. coli. The MFS and ABC efflux system super families can be commonly found among resistant strains of mycobacteria, including Mycobacterium tuberculosis.
- The development of new strategies to target drug-resistant bacteria can be applied to especially-virulent strains of bacteria, which can cause severe and widespread infection in nursing homes and hospitals, and are not susceptible to standard antibiotic treatment. For example, Staphylococcus aureus can be a dangerous and versatile opportunistic pathogen. S. aureus can cause, for example, superficial skin infections resulting from cuts, abrasions, turf burns, and severe invasive diseases. Originally responsive to penicillin, a number of S. aureus strains are now resistant to various classes of antibiotics including, for example, β-lactams, macrolides, and vancomycin.
- Methicillin-resistant (MRSA) and vancomycin-resistant S. aureus (VRSA) are a significant health threat and constitute a major cause of mortality from bacterial infections. Several chromosomally-encoded efflux systems can be present in MRSA including, for example, NorA, NorB, NorC, MepA, MdeA, SepA, SdrM, and LmrS. LmrS can expel, for example, ampicillin. Some of the plasmid-mediated efflux systems found in MRSA can include, for example, QacA, QacB, Smr, QacG, QacH, and QacJ. Some strains of MRSA can carry more than one efflux system.
- The present compounds can potentiate the effects of many functionally- and mechanistically-diverse antibiotics against, for example, MRSA, which displays efflux-mediated resistance to antibiotics. The present compounds can display synergy with antibiotics including, for example, polymyxin B (PMB) against Gram-negative bacterial strains.
- Compounds of the invention can increase the potency of antibiotics. For example, the mean inhibitory concentrations (MIC) for a compound of the invention and ampicillin were determined to be about 200 μM and about 4579 μM, respectively. When the compound was used in combination with ampicillin, the concentration of the compound needed for full killing was 3 μM, a 127-fold decrease in concentration, and the concentration of ampicillin needed was reduced to about 572 μM, an 8-fold decrease in concentration. The ability of compounds of the invention to synergize with structurally and mechanistically unrelated antibiotics can be a result of the inhibition of bacterial efflux. Thus, the discovered potentiation of antibiotic activity with 2,3-di-((E)-2-arylethenyl)indoles can restore the activity of antibiotics rendered inactive against MRSA, or other bacterial strains, due to the increased presence of bacterial efflux pumps.
- Non-limiting examples of compounds of the invention include compounds of any of the following formulae:
- or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof, wherein: RING is a ring system; each of Cy1, Cy2, Cy3, and Cy4 is independently a cyclic group; and each of L1, L2, L3, and L4 is independently a linking group.
- Non-limiting examples of cyclic groups or of a ring system include aromatic, non-aromatic, heterocyclic, carbocyclic, monocyclic, and polycyclic groups. A polycyclic group can be, for example, bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic. A polycyclic group can be, for example, fused, bridged, or spiro, or any combination thereof. Non-limiting examples of aromatic groups include heterocyclic, carbocyclic, monocyclic, and polycyclic rings. Any such group can be substituted or unsubstituted at any position, with any number of substituents. Non-limiting examples of substituents include: halogens, hydroxyl groups, sulfhydryl groups, amino groups, nitro groups, nitroso groups, cyano groups, azido groups, sulfoxide groups, sulfone groups, sulfonamide groups, carboxyl groups, carboxaldehyde groups, imine groups, alkyl groups, halo-alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, halo-alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, halo-alkynyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, aryloxy groups, aralkyl groups, arylalkoxy groups, heterocyclyl groups, acyl groups, acyloxy groups, carbamate groups, amide groups, epoxides, ester groups, and any other substituent described herein.
- A linking group can be any chemical group that attaches groups of the structure together. A linking group can comprise, for example, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, a polyether, such as polyethylene glycol (PEG), a polyester, a polyamide, or a polyamine, any of which being unsubstituted or substituted with any number of substituents, such as halogens, hydroxyl groups, sulfhydryl groups, amino groups, nitro groups, nitroso groups, cyano groups, azido groups, sulfoxide groups, sulfone groups, sulfonamide groups, carboxyl groups, carboxaldehyde groups, imine groups, alkyl groups, halo-alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, halo-alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, halo-alkynyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, aryloxy groups, aralkyl groups, arylalkoxy groups, heterocyclyl groups, acyl groups, acyloxy groups, carbamate groups, amide groups, epoxides, ester groups, and any other substituent described herein.
- Non-limiting examples of compounds of the invention include compounds of any of the following formulae:
- or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof, wherein: X is N, NH, NRN, S, or O; each is independently a single bond or a double bond; RN is hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, azido, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonic acid group, an imine group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxaldehyde group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a thioether group, a thioester group, a thioacid group, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, any of which is substituted or unsubstituted, or H; R1 is H or -L1-Cy1; R2 is H or -L2-Cy2; R3 is H or -L3-Cy3; R4 is H or -L4-Cy4; or R1 and R2 together with the atoms to which R1 and R2 are bound form a ring; R2 and R3 together with the atoms to which R2 and R3 are bound form a ring; or R3 and R4 together with the atoms to which R3 and R4 are bound form a ring; or R1 and R2 together with the atoms to which R1 and R2 are bound form a first ring and R3 and R4 together with the atoms to which R3 and R4 are bound form a second ring; each of L1, L2, L3, and L4 is independently a linking group; and each of Cy1, Cy2, Cy3, and Cy4 is independently a cyclic group.
- Non-limiting examples of compounds of the invention include compounds of any of the following formulae:
- or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof, wherein: X is N, NH, NRN, S, or O; each of Q1, Q2, Q3, and Q4 is independently a ring system; R1 is H or -L1-Cy1; R2 is H or -L2-Cy2; and R4 is H or -L4-Cy4.
- Non-limiting examples of compounds of the invention include compounds of any of the following formulae:
- or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof, wherein: X is N, NH, HRN, S, or O; each is independently a single bond or a double bond; RN is hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, azido, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonic acid group, an imine group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxaldehyde group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a thioether group, a thioester group, a thioacid group, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, any of which is substituted or unsubstituted, or H; R1 is H or -L1-Cy1; R2 is H or -L2-Cy2; A1 is C(R1a), C(R1a)(R1b), N, or N(R1a); A2 is C(R2a), C(R2a)(R2b), N, or N(R2a); A3 is C(R3a), C(R3a)(R3b), N, or N(R3a); A4 is C(R4a), C(R4a)(R4b), N, or N(R4a); each R1a, R1b, R2a, R2b, R3a, R3b, R4a, and R4b is independently: halogen, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, azido, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonic acid group, an imine group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxaldehyde group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a thioether group, a thioester group, a thioacid group, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, any of which is substituted or unsubstituted, or H, or absent, or R1a and R1b together form a carbonyl, a thiocarbonyl, an imine, or an olefin, or R2a and R2b together form a carbonyl, a thiocarbonyl, an imine, or an olefin, or R3a and R3b together form a carbonyl, a thiocarbonyl, an imine, or an olefin, or R4a and R4b together form a carbonyl, a thiocarbonyl, an imine, or an olefin; each of L1 and L2 is independently a linking group; and each of Cy1 and Cy2 is independently a cyclic group.
- In some embodiments, a bond of the compound, such as the bond connecting A1 and A2, the bond connecting A2 and A3, or the bond connecting A3 and A4, is fused to an additional ring system.
- Non-limiting examples of compounds of the invention include compounds of any of the following formulae:
- or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof, wherein: each Y1, Y2, Z1, and Z2 is independently: a bond, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, an amino linkage, and ether linkage, a thioether linkage, an ester linkage, a thioester linkage, an amide linkage, a carbamate linkage, a carbonate linkage, a ureido linkage, a sulfoxide linkage, a sulfone linkage, a sulfonamide linkage, or an imine linkage; each is independently a single, double, or triple bond; and all other variables are as described previously.
- Non-limiting examples of a cyclic group, such as Cy1 or Cy2, include groups of any of the following formulae:
- wherein: each is independently a single bond or a double bond; each D1 is independently C(RD1a), C(RD1a)(RD1b), N, or N(RD1a); each D2 is independently C(RD2a), C(RD2a)(RD2b), N, or N(RD2a); each D3 is independently C(RD3a), C(RD3a)(RD3b), N, or N(RD3a); each D4 is independently C(RD4a), C(RD4a)(RD4b), N, or N(RD4a); each D5 is independently C(RD5a), C(RD5a)(RD5b), N, or N(RD5a); each D6 is independently C(RD6a), C, or N; each RD1a, RD1b, RD2a, RD2b, RD3a, RD3b, RD4a, RD4b, RD5a, RD5b, and RD6a is independently: halogen, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, azido, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonic acid group, an imine group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxaldehyde group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a thioether group, a thioester group, a thioacid group, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, any of which is substituted or unsubstituted, or H, or absent, or RD1a and RD1b together form a carbonyl, a thiocarbonyl, an imine, or an olefin, or RD2a and RD2b together form a carbonyl, a thiocarbonyl, an imine, or an olefin, or RD3a and RD3b together form a carbonyl, a thiocarbonyl, an imine, or an olefin, or RD4a and RD4b together form a carbonyl, a thiocarbonyl, an imine, or an olefin, or RD5a and RD5b together form a carbonyl, a thiocarbonyl, an imine, or an olefin.
- In some embodiments, a bond of the compound, such as the bond connecting D1 and D2, the bond connecting D2 and D3, the bond connecting D3 and D4, or the bond connecting D4 and D5, is fused to an additional ring system.
- Non-limiting examples of a cyclic group, such as Cy1 or Cy2, include groups of any of the following formulae:
- wherein: each is independently a single bond or a double bond; each E1 is independently C(RE1a), C(RE1a)(RE1b), N, N(RE1a), S, or O; each E2 is independently C(RE2a), C(RE2a)(RE2b), N, N(RE2a), S, or O; each E3 is independently C(RE3a), C(RE3a)(RE3b), N, N(RE3a), S, or O; each E4 is independently C(RE4a), C(RE4a)(RE4b), N, N(RE4a), S, or O; each E5 is independently C(RE5a), C, or N; each RE1a, RE1b, RE2a, RE2b, RE3a, RE3b, RE4a, RE4b, and RE5a is independently: halogen, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, azido, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonic acid group, an imine group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxaldehyde group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a thioether group, a thioester group, a thioacid group, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, any of which is substituted or unsubstituted, or H, or RE1a and RE1b together form a carbonyl, a thiocarbonyl, an imine, or an olefin, or RE2a and RE2b together form a carbonyl, a thiocarbonyl, an imine, or an olefin, or RE3a and RE3b together form a carbonyl, a thiocarbonyl, an imine, or an olefin, or RE4a and RE4b together form a carbonyl, a thiocarbonyl, an imine, or an olefin.
- In some embodiments, a bond of the compound, such as the bond connecting E1 and E2, the bond connecting E2 and E3, or the bond connecting E3 and E4, is fused to an additional ring system.
- Non-limiting examples of a cyclic group, such as Cy1 or Cy2, include groups of the following moieties, any of which is unsubstituted or substituted with any substituent described herein: cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclopenta-1,3-dienyl, cyclohexa-1,3-dienyl, cyclohexa-1,4-dienyl, cyclohepta-1,3-dienyl, cyclohepta-1,4-dienyl, bicyclo[3.2.0]heptanyl, octahydropentalenyl, octahydro-1H-indenyl, decahydroazulenyl, bicyclo[4.2.0]octanyl, decahydronaphthalenyl, decahydro-1H-benzo[7]annulenyl, dodecahydro-1H-fluorenyl, tetradecahydroanthracenyl, tetradecahydrophenanthrenyl, dodecahydros-indacenyl, dodecahydro-as-indacenyl, dodecahydro-1H-cyclopenta[b]napthalenyl, dodecahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]napthalenyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalenyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1H-indenyl, 2,3-dihydro-1H-indenyl, spiro[4.5]decanyl, spiro[5.5]undecanyl, spiro[4.4]nonanyl, spiro[2.5]octanyl, 9,10-dihydroanthracenyl, 4,9-dihydro-1H-cyclopenta[b]napthalenyl, 9H-fluorenyl, (1Z,3Z,5Z)-cyclohepta-1,3,5-triene, benzimidazolyl, indolyl, indolinyl, indazolyl, isoxazolyl, 4-azaindolyl, 7-azaindolyl, imidazopyrimidinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, purinyl, quinolizinyl, cinnolinyl, indolizinyl, phthalazinyl, isoindolyl, pteridinyl, benzofurazanyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, naphthyridinyl, furopyridinyl, benzoquinonyl, anthraquinonyl, 1,4-napthoquinonyl, acridinyl, azulenyl, indenyl, decalinyl, xanthenyl, 2H-chromenyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzopyrrolyl, phenoxazinyl, phenazinyl, phenoxathiinyl, phenyl, naphthalenyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, chrysenyl, pyrenyl, indanyl, tetralinyl, fluorenyl, acenaphthylenyl, acenaphthrene, fluoranthenyl, triphenylenyl, norbornanyl, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexanyl, 3-azabicyclo[4.1.0]heptanyl, 1,4-dihydro-1,4-ethanoanthracenyl, 1,4,5,8-tetrahydro-1,4,5,8-dimethanoanthracenyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-enyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-2-enyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, bicyclo[3.1.1]heptanyl, bicyclo[4.4.0]decanyl, adamantanyl, quinuclidinyl, oxiranyl, oxetanyl, 2-tetrahydrofuranyl, 3-tetrahydrofuranyl, 2-tetrahydropyranyl, 3-tetrahydropyranyl, 4-tetrahydropyranyl, oxepanyl, oxocanyl, furanyl, 4H-pyranyl, (2Z,4Z,6Z)-oxepinyl, furfuralyl, dihydrofuranyl, dihydropyranyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, 1,3-dioxanyl, 1,2-dioxanyl, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidinyl, 3-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl, 4-piperidinyl, azepanyl, azocanyl, piperidino, homopiperidinyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, pyrazolidinyl, furazanyl, piperidinyl-N-oxide, morpholinyl-N-oxide, 1-oxo-1-thiomorpholinyl, 1,1-dioxo-1-thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolyl, (2Z,4Z,6Z)-1H-azepinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, tetrazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, 1-piperazinyl, 2-piperazinyl, 1,4-dihydropyrazinyl, 2-morpholinyl, 3-morpholinyl, 4-morpholinyl, morpholino, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrrolidonyl, azetidinonyl, piperidinonyl, 4-thiazolidinyl, 2H-imidazol-2-one, phthalimidine, benzoxanyl, benzo[1,3]dioxinyl, benzo[1,4]dionyl, benzopyrrolidinyl, benzopiperidinl, benzoxolanyl, benzothiolanyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazol[1,5-a]pyridinyl, benzothianyl, oxazepinyl, diazepinyl, thiazepinyl, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridinyl, pyrazolinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, thiiranyl, thietanyl, 2-tetrahydrothiophenyl, 3-tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, thiepanyl, thiocanyl, thiepinyl, thiophenyl, 4H-thiopyranyl, 1,4-dithiinyl, 1,4-dithianyl, 2-thiomorpholinyl, 3-thiomorpholinyl, 4-thiomorpholinyl, thiomorpholino, 1,3-dithiolanyl, dihydrothienyl, thienyl, silolyl, 3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H-azepinyl, 1,4-thiazepinyl, azocinyl, azonanyl, thioninyl, azecinyl, dihydrofuran-2(3H)-onyl, 2,3-dioxolan-2-onyl, pyrrolidin-2-onyl, imidazolidin-2-onyl, piperidin-2-onyl, 1,3-oxazinan-2-onyl, phthalic anhydridyl, oxindolyl, indoline-2,3-dionyl, and 2,5-dihydrofuranyl.
- Non-limiting examples of compounds of the invention include compounds of the following formula:
- wherein: R1 is hydrogen or an ester group; R2 is hydrogen, halogen, or L1-Ar1; R3 is hydrogen, halogen, or L2-Ar2; or R2 and R3 together with the atoms to which R2 and R3 are bound form a substituted or unsubstituted ring; each L1 and L2 is independently a linking group or a bond; each Ar1 is independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group wherein Ar2 is not substituted with an amide, amine, nitro, imine, or an ester; each Ar2 is independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group wherein Ar2 is not substituted with an amide, amine, nitro, imine, or an ester; each A1, A2, A3, and A4 is independently C(R1a), C(R1a)(R1b), N, or N(R1a); each R1a and R1b is independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, azido, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonic acid group, an imine group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxaldehyde group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a thioether group, a thioester group, a thioacid group, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, any of which is substituted or unsubstituted; each is independently a single or double bond, and pharmaceutically-acceptable salts thereof.
- In some embodiments, when Ar1 is phenyl brominated at one position, then Ar2 is substituted on at least one position. In some embodiments, when Ar1 is phenyl substituted with one methoxy group, then Ar2 is substituted on at least one position.
- In some embodiments, when Ar1 is substituted, Ar2 is also substituted. In some embodiments, when Ar1 is unsubstituted, Ar2 is substituted.
- In some embodiments, both L1 and L2 are independently
- In some embodiments, both Ar1 and Ar2 are independently substituted with hydrogen, halogen, or aryloxy. In some embodiments, each linking group is independently alkylene, alkenylene, O, S, SO2, CO, N2, or a bond.
-
- In some embodiments, non-limiting examples of compounds of the invention include compounds of the following formula:
- wherein: R1 is hydrogen or an ester group; R is hydrogen, halogen, or L1-Ar1; R3 is hydrogen, halogen, or L2-Ar2; or R2 and R3 together with the atoms to which R2 and R3 are bound form a substituted or unsubstituted ring; each L1 and L2 is independently a linking group or a bond; each Ar1 is independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group wherein Ar2 is not substituted with an amide, amine, nitro, imine, or an ester; each Ar2 is independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group wherein Ar2 is not substituted with an amide, amine, nitro, imine, or an ester; each A1, A2, A3, and A4 is independently C(R1a), C(R1a)(R1b), N, or N(R1a); each R1a and R1b is independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, azido, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonic acid group, an imine group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxaldehyde group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a thioether group, a thioester group, a thioacid group, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, any of which is substituted or unsubstituted; and pharmaceutically-acceptable salts thereof.
- In some embodiments, when Ar1 is phenyl brominated at one position, then Ar2 is substituted on at least one position. In some embodiments, when Ar1 is phenyl substituted with one methoxy group, then Ar2 is substituted on at least one position.
- In some embodiments, when Ar1 is substituted, Ar2 is also substituted. In some embodiments, when Ar1 is unsubstituted, Ar2 is substituted.
- In some embodiments, both L1 and L2 are independently
- In some embodiments, both Ar1 and Ar2 are independently substituted with hydrogen, halogen, or aryloxy. In some embodiments, each linking group is independently alkylene, alkenylene, O, S, SO2, CO, N2, or a bond.
- Non-limiting examples of compounds of the invention include the following:
- and pharmaceutically-acceptable salts thereof.
- Any compound herein can be any or all stereoisomers, enantiomers, diastereomers, mixtures, racemates, atropisomers, and tautomers thereof.
- A compound herein can bind a cellular target that is associated with a drug resistance mechanism, for example, an efflux pump. The binding can cause a decrease in the efficacy of the drug resistance mechanism, thereby increasing the efficacy of the compound within the cell. A compound herein can cause a decrease in efficacy of a drug resistance mechanism that is, for example, about 2-fold, about 3-fold, about 4-fold, about 5-fold, about 6-fold, about 7-fold, about 8-fold, about 9-fold, about 10-fold, about 11-fold, about 12-fold, about 13-fold, about 14-fold, about 15-fold, about 16-fold, about 17-fold, about 18-fold, about 19-fold, about 20-fold, about 25-fold, about 30-fold, about 35-fold, about 40-fold, about 45-fold, about 50-fold, about 55-fold, about 60-fold, about 65-fold, about 70-fold, about 75-fold, about 80-fold, about 85-fold, about 90-fold, about 95-fold, about 100-fold, about 110-fold, about 120-fold, about 130-fold, about 140-fold, about 150-fold, about 160-fold, about 170-fold, about 180-fold, about 190-fold, about 200-fold, about 250-fold, about 300-fold, about 350-fold, about 400-fold, about 450-fold, about 500-fold, about 550-fold, about 600-fold, about 650-fold, about 700-fold, about 750-fold, about 800-fold, about 850-fold, about 900-fold, about 950-fold, about 1000-fold, about 1500-fold, or about 2000-fold in comparison to the efficacy of the drug resistance mechanism in a cell that has not been treated with the compound.
- Non-limiting examples of optional substituents include hydroxyl groups, sulfhydryl groups, halogens, amino groups, nitro groups, nitroso groups, cyano groups, azido groups, sulfoxide groups, sulfone groups, sulfonamide groups, carboxyl groups, carboxaldehyde groups, imine groups, alkyl groups, halo-alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, halo-alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, halo-alkynyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryl groups, aryloxy groups, aralkyl groups, arylalkoxy groups, heterocyclyl groups, acyl groups, acyloxy groups, carbamate groups, amide groups, urethane groups, and ester groups.
- Non-limiting examples of alkyl and alkylene groups include straight, branched, and cyclic alkyl and alkylene groups. An alkyl or alkylene group can be, for example, a C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, C7, C8, C9, C10, C11, C12, C13, C14, C15, C16, C17, C18, C19, C20, C21, C22, C23, C24, C25, C26, C27, C28, C29, C30, C31, C32, C33, C34, C35, C36, C37, C38, C39, C40, C41, C42, C43, C44, C45, C46, C47, C48, C49, or C50 group that is substituted or unsubstituted.
- Non-limiting examples of straight alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, and decyl.
- Branched alkyl groups include any straight alkyl group substituted with any number of alkyl groups. Non-limiting examples of branched alkyl groups include isopropyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and t-butyl.
- Non-limiting examples of cyclic alkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptlyl, and cyclooctyl groups. Cyclic alkyl groups also include fused-, bridged-, and spiro-bicycles and higher fused-, bridged-, and spiro-systems. A cyclic alkyl group can be substituted with any number of straight, branched, or cyclic alkyl groups.
- Non-limiting examples of alkenyl and alkenylene groups include straight, branched, and cyclic alkenyl groups. The olefin or olefins of an alkenyl group can be, for example, E, Z, cis, trans, terminal, or exo-methylene. An alkenyl or alkenylene group can be, for example, a C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, C7, C8, C9, C10, C11, C12, C13, C14, C15, C16, C17, C18, C19, C20, C21, C22, C23, C24, C25, C26, C27, C28, C29, C30, C31, C32, C33, C34, C35, C36, C37, C38, C39, C40, C41, C42, C43, C44, C45, C46, C47, C48, C49, or C50 group that is substituted or unsubstituted.
- Non-limiting examples of alkynyl or alkynylene groups include straight, branched, and cyclic alkynyl groups. The triple bond of an alkylnyl or alkynylene group can be internal or terminal. An alkylnyl or alkynylene group can be, for example, a C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, C7, C8, C9, C10, C11, C12, C13, C14, C15, C16, C17, C18, C19, C20, C21, C22, C23, C24, C25, C26, C27, C28, C29, C30, C31, C32, C33, C34, C35, C36, C37, C38, C39, C40, C41, C42, C43, C44, C45, C46, C47, C48, C49, or C50 group that is substituted or unsubstituted.
- A halo-alkyl group can be any alkyl group substituted with any number of halogen atoms, for example, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine atoms. A halo-alkenyl group can be any alkenyl group substituted with any number of halogen atoms. A halo-alkynyl group can be any alkynyl group substituted with any number of halogen atoms.
- An alkoxy group can be, for example, an oxygen atom substituted with any alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group. An ether or an ether group comprises an alkoxy group. Non-limiting examples of alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, and isobutoxy.
- An aryl group can be heterocyclic or non-heterocyclic. An aryl group can be monocyclic or polycyclic. An aryl group can be substituted with any number of substituents described herein, for example, hydrocarbyl groups, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, and halogen atoms. Non-limiting examples of aryl groups include phenyl, toluyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, thiophenyl, and furyl.
- An aryloxy group can be, for example, an oxygen atom substituted with any aryl group, such as phenoxy.
- An aralkyl group can be, for example, any alkyl group substituted with any aryl group, such as benzyl.
- An arylalkoxy group can be, for example, an oxygen atom substituted with any aralkyl group, such as benzyloxy.
- A heterocycle can be any ring containing a ring atom that is not carbon, for example, N, O, S, P, Si, B, or any other heteroatom. A heterocycle can be substituted with any number of substituents, for example, alkyl groups and halogen atoms. A heterocycle can be aromatic (heteroaryl) or non-aromatic. Non-limiting examples of heterocycles include pyrrole, pyrrolidine, pyridine, piperidine, succinamide, maleimide, morpholine, imidazole, thiophene, furan, tetrahydrofuran, pyran, and tetrahydropyran.
- An acyl group can be, for example, a carbonyl group substituted with hydrocarbyl, alkyl, hydrocarbyloxy, alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, aralkyl, arylalkoxy, or a heterocycle. Non-limiting examples of acyl include acetyl, benzoyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, phenoxycarbonyl, methoxycarbonyl, and ethoxycarbonyl.
- An acyloxy group can be an oxygen atom substituted with an acyl group. An ester or an ester group comprises an acyloxy group. A non-limiting example of an acyloxy group, or an ester group, is acetate.
- A carbamate group can be an oxygen atom substituted with a carbamoyl group, wherein the nitrogen atom of the carbamoyl group is unsubstituted, monosubstituted, or disubstituted with one or more of hydrocarbyl, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, or aralkyl. When the nitrogen atom is disubstituted, the two substituents together with the nitrogen atom can form a heterocycle.
- The invention provides the use of pharmaceutically-acceptable salts of any therapeutic compound described herein. Pharmaceutically-acceptable salts include, for example, acid-addition salts and base-addition salts. The acid that is added to the compound to form an acid-addition salt can be an organic acid or an inorganic acid. A base that is added to the compound to form a base-addition salt can be an organic base or an inorganic base. In some embodiments, a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt is a metal salt. In some embodiments, a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt is an ammonium salt.
- Metal salts can arise from the addition of an inorganic base to a compound of the invention. The inorganic base consists of a metal cation paired with a basic counterion, such as, for example, hydroxide, carbonate, bicarbonate, or phosphate. The metal can be an alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, transition metal, or main group metal. In some embodiments, the metal is lithium, sodium, potassium, cesium, cerium, magnesium, manganese, iron, calcium, strontium, cobalt, titanium, aluminum, copper, cadmium, or zinc.
- In some embodiments, a metal salt is a lithium salt, a sodium salt, a potassium salt, a cesium salt, a cerium salt, a magnesium salt, a manganese salt, an iron salt, a calcium salt, a strontium salt, a cobalt salt, a titanium salt, an aluminum salt, a copper salt, a cadmium salt, or a zinc salt.
- Ammonium salts can arise from the addition of ammonia or an organic amine to a compound of the invention. In some embodiments, the organic amine is triethyl amine, diisopropyl amine, ethanol amine, diethanol amine, triethanol amine, morpholine, N-methylmorpholine, piperidine, N-methylpiperidine, N-ethylpiperidine, dibenzylamine, piperazine, pyridine, pyrrazole, pipyrrazole, imidazole, pyrazine, or pipyrazine.
- In some embodiments, an ammonium salt is a triethyl amine salt, a diisopropyl amine salt, an ethanol amine salt, a diethanol amine salt, a triethanol amine salt, a morpholine salt, an N-methylmorpholine salt, a piperidine salt, an N-methylpiperidine salt, an N-ethylpiperidine salt, a dibenzylamine salt, a piperazine salt, a pyridine salt, a pyrrazole salt, a pipyrrazole salt, an imidazole salt, a pyrazine salt, or a pipyrazine salt.
- Acid addition salts can arise from the addition of an acid to a compound of the invention. In some embodiments, the acid is organic. In some embodiments, the acid is inorganic. In some embodiments, the acid is hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, nitric acid, nitrous acid, sulfuric acid, sulfurous acid, a phosphoric acid, isonicotinic acid, lactic acid, salicylic acid, tartaric acid, ascorbic acid, gentisinic acid, gluconic acid, glucaronic acid, saccaric acid, formic acid, benzoic acid, glutamic acid, pantothenic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, citric acid, oxalic acid, or maleic acid.
- In some embodiments, the salt is a hydrochloride salt, a hydrobromide salt, a hydroiodide salt, a nitrate salt, a nitrite salt, a sulfate salt, a sulfite salt, a phosphate salt, isonicotinate salt, a lactate salt, a salicylate salt, a tartrate salt, an ascorbate salt, a gentisinate salt, a gluconate salt, a glucaronate salt, a saccarate salt, a formate salt, a benzoate salt, a glutamate salt, a pantothenate salt, an acetate salt, a propionate salt, a butyrate salt, a fumarate salt, a succinate salt, a methanesulfonate (mesylate) salt, an ethanesulfonate salt, a benzenesulfonate salt, a p-toluenesulfonate salt, a citrate salt, an oxalate salt, or a maleate salt.
- Any compound herein can be purified. A compound herein can be least 1% pure, at least 2% pure, at least 3% pure, at least 4% pure, at least 5% pure, at least 6% pure, at least 7% pure, at least 8% pure, at least 9% pure, at least 10% pure, at least 11% pure, at least 12% pure, at least 13% pure, at least 14% pure, at least 15% pure, at least 16% pure, at least 17% pure, at least 18% pure, at least 19% pure, at least 20% pure, at least 21% pure, at least 22% pure, at least 23% pure, at least 24% pure, at least 25% pure, at least 26% pure, at least 27% pure, at least 28% pure, at least 29% pure, at least 30% pure, at least 31% pure, at least 32% pure, at least 33% pure, at least 34% pure, at least 35% pure, at least 36% pure, at least 37% pure, at least 38% pure, at least 39% pure, at least 40% pure, at least 41% pure, at least 42% pure, at least 43% pure, at least 44% pure, at least 45% pure, at least 46% pure, at least 47% pure, at least 48% pure, at least 49% pure, at least 50% pure, at least 51% pure, at least 52% pure, at least 53% pure, at least 54% pure, at least 55% pure, at least 56% pure, at least 57% pure, at least 58% pure, at least 59% pure, at least 60% pure, at least 61% pure, at least 62% pure, at least 63% pure, at least 64% pure, at least 65% pure, at least 66% pure, at least 67% pure, at least 68% pure, at least 69% pure, at least 70% pure, at least 71% pure, at least 72% pure, at least 73% pure, at least 74% pure, at least 75% pure, at least 76% pure, at least 77% pure, at least 78% pure, at least 79% pure, at least 80% pure, at least 81% pure, at least 82% pure, at least 83% pure, at least 84% pure, at least 85% pure, at least 86% pure, at least 87% pure, at least 88% pure, at least 89% pure, at least 90% pure, at least 91% pure, at least 92% pure, at least 93% pure, at least 94% pure, at least 95% pure, at least 96% pure, at least 97% pure, at least 98% pure, at least 99% pure, at least 99.1% pure, at least 99.2% pure, at least 99.3% pure, at least 99.4% pure, at least 99.5% pure, at least 99.6% pure, at least 99.7% pure, at least 99.8% pure, or at least 99.9% pure.
- Compounds disclosed herein can be effective as efflux pump inhibitors (EPIs). The compounds can inhibit efflux pumps by direct binding. The binding of the efflux pumps by the compounds can prevent expulsion of antibiotics that have been administered for treatment of microbial infections. Compounds of the invention can compete with commonly-used EPIs.
- The present disclosure describes compounds that can act as bacterial efflux inhibitors. Non-limiting examples of illustrative compounds can be based on the 2,3-di-((E)-2-arylethenyl)indole structural scaffold.
- Inactive 2,3-di-((E)-2-arylethenyl)indoles, which have low bactericidal activity unless used in combination with known antibiotics, can be converted to potent antibacterial agents as single agents via light-activation. Low doses of compounds of the invention irradiated with white light for 2 minutes can kill Gram-positive organisms including, for example, hospital-acquired MRSA, community-acquired MRSA, Staphylococcus aureus, vancomycin-resistant Enterococcus (VRE), Streptococcus pyogenes, and Streptococcus mutans (Ward's 85W). Gram-negative bacteria, for example, Acinetobacter baumannii, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, and Carbapenem-resistant enterobacteriaceae, can also be susceptible to treatment with compounds of the invention in the presence of non-toxic doses of PMB. Light-induced killing of bacteria with 2,3-di-((E)-2-arylethenyl)indoles can represent a therapeutic strategy in the treatment of localized infections involving resistant microorganisms.
- In some embodiments, compounds of the invention can be photoactive, photosensitive, photodynamic, or photoresponsive. The compound can be used for photodynamic therapy, wherein the compound can be a photosensitizer and lead to the generation of, for example, singlet oxygen and reactive oxygen species (ROS).
- Wavelengths of light that can be used in a method of the invention include, for example, about 200 nm, about 210 nm, about 220 nm, about 230 nm, about 240 nm, about 250 nm, about 260 nm, about 270 nm, about 280 nm, about 290 nm, about 300 nm, about 310 nm, about 320 nm, about 330 nm, about 340 nm, about 350 nm, about 360 nm, about 370 nm, about 380 nm, about 390 nm, about 400 nm, about 410 nm, about 420 nm, about 430 nm, about 440 nm, about 450 nm, about 460 nm, about 470 nm, about 480 nm, about 490 nm, about 500 nm, about 510 nm, about 520 nm, about 530 nm, about 540 nm, about 550 nm, about 560 nm, about 570 nm, about 580 nm, about 590 nm, about 600 nm, about 610 nm, about 620 nm, about 630 nm, about 640 nm, about 650 nm, about 660 nm, about 670 nm, about 680 nm, about 690 nm, about 700 nm, about 710 nm, about 720 nm, about 730 nm, about 740 nm, about 750 nm, about 760 nm, about 770 nm, about 780 nm, about 790 nm, and about 800 nm.
- In some embodiments, compounds of the invention can be applied topically to the skin, or a body cavity, for example, oral, vaginal, bladder, cranial, spinal, thoracic, or pelvic cavity of a subject. In some embodiments, the compounds of the invention can be applied to an accessible body cavity. The compound can be then be activated via exposure of the skin to natural or artificial light. The skin can be exposed to light, for example, for about 1 second, about 2 seconds, about 3 seconds, about 4 seconds, about 5 seconds, about 6 seconds, about 7 seconds, about 8 seconds, about 9 seconds, about 10 seconds, about 15 seconds, about 20 seconds, about 25 seconds, about 30 seconds, about 35 seconds, about 40 seconds, about 45 seconds, about 50 seconds, about 55 seconds, about 1 minute, about 1.5 minutes, about 2 minutes, about 2.5 minutes, about 3 minutes, about 3.5 minutes, about 4 minutes, about 4.5 minutes, about 5 minutes, about 6 minutes, about 7 minutes, about 8 minutes, about 9 minutes, about 10 minutes, about 15 minutes, or about 20 minutes.
- The depth of administration of the compounds in the skin can be, for example, about 0.1 mm, about 0.2 mm, about 0.3 mm, about 0.4 mm, about 0.5 mm, about 0.6 mm, about 0.7 mm, about 0.8 mm, about 0.9 mm, about 1 mm, about 1.1 mm, about 1.2 mm, about 1.3 mm, about 1.4 mm, about 1.5 mm, about 1.6 mm, about 1.7 mm, about 1.8 mm, about 1.9 mm, about 2 mm, about 2.1 mm, about 2.2 mm, about 2.3 mm, about 2.4 mm, about 2.5 mm, about 2.6 mm, about 2.7 mm, about 2.8 mm, about 2.9 mm, about 3 mm, about 3.1 mm, about 3.2 mm, about 3.3 mm, about 3.4 mm, about 3.5 mm, about 3.6 mm, about 3.7 mm, about 3.8 mm, about 3.9 mm, about 4 mm, about 4.1 mm, about 4.2 mm, about 4.3 mm, about 4.4 mm, about 4.5 mm, about 4.6 mm, about 4.7 mm, about 4.8 mm, about 4.9 mm, and about 5 mm.
- Activation of the compound can occur via exposure to light wherein the administration of the light is continuous or pulsed. Pulses of light can be separated by, for example, about 1 second, about 2 seconds, about 3 seconds, about 4 seconds, about 5 seconds, about 6 seconds, about 7 seconds, about 8 seconds, about 9 seconds, about 10 seconds, about 15 seconds, about 20 seconds, about 25 seconds, about 30 seconds, about 35 seconds, about 40 seconds, about 45 seconds, about 50 seconds, about 55 seconds, about 1 minute, about 1.5 minutes, about 2 minutes, about 2.5 minutes, about 3 minutes, about 3.5 minutes, about 4 minutes, about 4.5 minutes, about 5 minutes, about 6 minutes, about 7 minutes, about 8 minutes, about 9 minutes, about 10 minutes, about 15 minutes, or about 20 minutes.
- In some embodiments, activation of the compound via light can occur concurrently with, or subsequent to, administration of the compound to a subject. Light can then be administered to the subject, for example, every 1 minute, 2 minutes, 3 minutes, 4 minutes, 5 minutes, 6 minutes, 7 minutes, 8 minutes, 9 minutes, 10 minutes, 15 minutes, 20 minutes, 25 minutes, 30 minutes, 35 minutes, 40 minutes, 45 minutes, 50 minutes, 55 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5 hours, 6 hours, 7 hours, 8 hours, 9 hours, 10 hours, 11 hours, 12 hours, 18 hours, 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, or 1 week to improve efficacy of the compound.
- The energy of light used to activate the compound can be, for example, about 10 J/cm2, about 15 J/cm2, about 20 J/cm2, about 25 J/cm2, about 30 J/cm2, about 35 J/cm2, about 40 J/cm2, about 45 J/cm2, about 50 J/cm2, about 55 J/cm2, about 60 J/cm2, about 65 J/cm2, about 66 J/cm2, about 67 J/cm2, about 68 J/cm2, about 69 J/cm2, about 70 J/cm2, about 71 J/cm2, about 72 J/cm2, about 73 J/cm2, about 74 J/cm2, about 75 J/cm2, about 76 J/cm2, about 77 J/cm2, about 78 J/cm2, about 79 J/cm2, about 80 J/cm2, about 81 J/cm2, about 82 J/cm2, about 83 J/cm2, about 84 J/cm2, about 85 J/cm2, about 86 J/cm2, about 87 J/cm2, about 88 J/cm2, about 89 J/cm2, about 90 J/cm2, about 95 J/cm2, or about 100 J/cm2.
- The brightness of light used to activate the compound can be, for example, about 100 lm, about 110 lm, about 120 lm, about 130 lm, about 140 lm, about 150 lm, about 160 lm, about 170 lm, about 180 lm, about 190 lm, about 200 lm, about 250 lm, about 300 lm, about 350 lm, about 450 lm, about 500 lm, about 550 lm, about 600 lm, about 650 lm, about 700 lm, about 750 lm, about 800 lm, about 850 lm, about 900 lm, about 950 lm, about 1000 lm, about 1100 lm, about 1200 lm, about 1300 lm, about 1400 lm, about 1500 lm, about 1600 lm, about 1700 lm, about 1800 lm, about 1900 lm, about 2000 lm, about 2500 lm, about 3000 lm, about 3500 lm, or about 4000 lm.
- When exposed to continuous light, compounds of the invention can have an increase in activity that is, for example, about 2-fold, about 3-fold, about 4-fold, about 5-fold, about 6-fold, about 7-fold, about 8-fold, about 9-fold, about 10-fold, about 11-fold, about 12-fold, about 13-fold, about 14-fold, about 15-fold, about 16-fold, about 17-fold, about 18-fold, about 19-fold, about 20-fold, about 25-fold, about 30-fold, about 35-fold, about 40-fold, about 45-fold, about 50-fold, about 55-fold, about 60-fold, about 65-fold, about 70-fold, about 75-fold, about 80-fold, about 85-fold, about 90-fold, about 95-fold, about 100-fold, about 110-fold, about 120-fold, about 130-fold, about 140-fold, about 150-fold, about 160-fold, about 170-fold, about 180-fold, about 190-fold, about 200-fold, about 250-fold, about 300-fold, about 350-fold, about 400-fold, about 450-fold, about 500-fold, about 550-fold, about 600-fold, about 650-fold, about 700-fold, about 750-fold, about 800-fold, about 850-fold, about 900-fold, about 950-fold, about 1000-fold, about 1500-fold, or about 2000-fold greater than when the compound is not exposed to continuous light.
- When exposed to pulsed light, compounds of the invention can have an increase in activity that is, for example, about 2-fold, about 3-fold, about 4-fold, about 5-fold, about 6-fold, about 7-fold, about 8-fold, about 9-fold, about 10-fold, about 11-fold, about 12-fold, about 13-fold, about 14-fold, about 15-fold, about 16-fold, about 17-fold, about 18-fold, about 19-fold, about 20-fold, about 25-fold, about 30-fold, about 35-fold, about 40-fold, about 45-fold, about 50-fold, about 55-fold, about 60-fold, about 65-fold, about 70-fold, about 75-fold, about 80-fold, about 85-fold, about 90-fold, about 95-fold, about 100-fold, about 110-fold, about 120-fold, about 130-fold, about 140-fold, about 150-fold, about 160-fold, about 170-fold, about 180-fold, about 190-fold, about 200-fold, about 250-fold, about 300-fold, about 350-fold, about 400-fold, about 450-fold, about 500-fold, about 550-fold, about 600-fold, about 650-fold, about 700-fold, about 750-fold, about 800-fold, about 850-fold, about 900-fold, about 950-fold, about 1000-fold, about 1500-fold, or about 2000-fold greater than when the compound is not exposed to constant light.
- Bacterial strains that can be treated by a method of the invention can be gram-negative or gram-positive. Non-limiting examples of microbes that can be treated by a method of the invention include Acinetobacter baumannii, carbapenem-resistant Enterobacteriaceae (CRE), clindamycin-resistant Group B Streptococcus, Clostridium difficile, drug-resistant Campylobacter, drug-resistant Neisseria gonorrhoeae, drug-resistant non-typhoidal Salmonella, drug-resistant Salmonella typhi, drug-resistant Shigella, drug-resistant Streptococcus pneumoniae, drug-resistant tuberculosis, erythromycin-resistant Group A Streptococcus, Escherichia coli, extended spectrum β-lactamase producing Enterobacteriaceae (ESBLs), fluconazole-resistant Candida, methicillin-resistant S. aureus (MRSA), multidrug-resistant Acinetobacter, multidrug-resistant Pseudomonas aeruginosa, S. aureus, VRE, and vancomycin-resistant S. aureus (VRSA). In some embodiments, the methods of the invention can be applied to agricultural pathogens.
- In some embodiments, a therapy of the disclosure has synergistic activity in combination with an antibiotic. Synergy can refer to the observation that the combination of two therapeutic agents can have an overall effect that is greater than the sum of the two individual effects. Synergy can also refer to the observation that a single drug produces no effect but, when administered with a second drug produces an effect that is greater than the effect produced by the second therapeutic agent alone.
- Classes of antibiotics that can be used in a method of invention include, for example, aminoglycosides, ansamycins, β-lactams, carbapenems, cephalosporins, glycopeptides, lincosamides, lipopeptides, macrolides, monobactams, nitrofurans, oxazolidinones, penicillins, polypeptides, quinolones, fluroquinolones, sulfonamides, and tetracyclines.
- Non-limiting examples of antibiotics that can be used in a method of the invention include ampicillin, amoxicillin, azithromycin, carbenicillin, clarithromycin, dicloxicillin, doxycycline, erythromycin, gentamicin, kanamycin, methicillin, neomycin, norfloxacin, oxacillin, PMB, colisitin, penicillin, penicillin G, penicillin V, streptomycin, tetracycline, tobramycin, polyethyleneimine, lactic acid, benzoic acid bacitracin, imipenem, and vancomycin.
- In some embodiments, compounds of the invention can be used to treat a condition caused by a microbe in a subject. In some embodiments, the microbe can be a bacterium, fungus, or protozoa.
- In some embodiments, compounds of the invention can be used to treat cancer in a subject. A compound of the invention can, for example, slow the proliferation of cancer cell lines, or kill cancer cells. Non-limiting examples of cancer that can be treated by a compound of the invention include: acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute myeloid leukemia, adrenocortical carcinoma, AIDS-related cancers, AIDS-related lymphoma, anal cancer, appendix cancer, astrocytomas, basal cell carcinoma, bile duct cancer, bladder cancer, bone cancers, brain tumors, such as cerebellar astrocytoma, cerebral astrocytoma/malignant glioma, ependymoma, medulloblastoma, supratentorial primitive neuroectodermal tumors, visual pathway and hypothalamic glioma, breast cancer, bronchial adenomas, Burkitt lymphoma, carcinoma of unknown primary origin, central nervous system lymphoma, cerebellar astrocytoma, cervical cancer, childhood cancers, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, chronic myeloproliferative disorders, colon cancer, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, desmoplastic small round cell tumor, endometrial cancer, ependymoma, esophageal cancer, Ewing's sarcoma, germ cell tumors, gallbladder cancer, gastric cancer, gastrointestinal carcinoid tumor, gastrointestinal stromal tumor, gliomas, hairy cell leukemia, head and neck cancer, heart cancer, hepatocellular (liver) cancer, Hodgkin lymphoma, Hypopharyngeal cancer, intraocular melanoma, islet cell carcinoma, Kaposi sarcoma, kidney cancer, laryngeal cancer, lip and oral cavity cancer, liposarcoma, liver cancer, lung cancers, such as non-small cell and small cell lung cancer, lymphomas, leukemias, macroglobulinemia, malignant fibrous histiocytoma of bone/osteosarcoma, medulloblastoma, melanomas, mesothelioma, metastatic squamous neck cancer with occult primary, mouth cancer, multiple endocrine neoplasia syndrome, myelodysplastic syndromes, myeloid leukemia, nasal cavity and paranasal sinus cancer, nasopharyngeal carcinoma, neuroblastoma, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, non-small cell lung cancer, oral cancer, oropharyngeal cancer, osteosarcoma/malignant fibrous histiocytoma of bone, ovarian cancer, ovarian epithelial cancer, ovarian germ cell tumor, pancreatic cancer, pancreatic cancer islet cell, paranasal sinus and nasal cavity cancer, parathyroid cancer, penile cancer, pharyngeal cancer, pheochromocytoma, pineal astrocytoma, pineal germinoma, pituitary adenoma, pleuropulmonary blastoma, plasma cell neoplasia, primary central nervous system lymphoma, prostate cancer, rectal cancer, renal cell carcinoma, renal pelvis and ureter transitional cell cancer, retinoblastoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, salivary gland cancer, sarcomas, skin cancers, skin carcinoma merkel cell, small intestine cancer, soft tissue sarcoma, squamous cell carcinoma, stomach cancer, T-cell lymphoma, throat cancer, thymoma, thymic carcinoma, thyroid cancer, trophoblastic tumor (gestational), cancers of unknown primary site, urethral cancer, uterine sarcoma, vaginal cancer, vulvar cancer, Waldenström macroglobulinemia, and Wilms tumor.
- Subjects can be, for example, elderly adults, adults, adolescents, pre-adolescents, children, toddlers, infants, and non-human animals. In some embodiments, a subject is a patient. Non-human animal subjects can be, for example, a mouse, rat, a chicken, a rabbit, a dog, a cat, or a cow. Compounds of the invention can be employed in places where the spread of drug-resistant bacteria can be more likely, for example, hospitals, nursing homes, dormitories, homeless shelters, military barracks, schools, locker rooms, gymnasiums, and prisons. The methods of the invention can be applied to, for example, fomites, surgical instruments, tables, chairs, doors, eating utensils, bedding, beds, and keyboards.
- In some embodiments, the methods of the invention can be applied to, for example, a plant, a fungus, or a parasite. Administration can, for example, kill or inhibit the Plant, fungus, or parasite, or kill or inhibit an agent that harms or presents a risk of harm to a plant or fungus, or lessen a likelihood of such risk. For example, agricultural applications to inhibit the spread of and damage by agriculturally-detrimental microbes are possible.
- A pharmaceutical composition of the invention can be used, for example, before, during, or after treatment of a subject with light, antibiotics, or another pharmaceutical agent.
- A pharmaceutical composition of the invention can be a combination of any pharmaceutical compounds described herein with other chemical components, such as carriers, stabilizers, diluents, dispersing agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, and/or excipients. The pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to an organism. Pharmaceutical compositions can be administered in therapeutically-effective amounts as pharmaceutical compositions by various forms and routes including, for example, intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, oral, parenteral, ophthalmic, subcutaneous, transdermal, nasal, vaginal, and topical administration.
- A pharmaceutical composition can be administered in a local manner, for example, via injection of the compound directly into an organ, optionally in a depot or sustained release formulation or implant. Pharmaceutical compositions can be provided in the form of a rapid release formulation, in the form of an extended release formulation, or in the form of an intermediate release formulation. A rapid release form can provide an immediate release. An extended release formulation can provide a controlled release or a sustained delayed release.
- For oral administration, pharmaceutical compositions can be formulated by combining the active compounds with pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers or excipients. Such carriers can be used to formulate liquids, gels, syrups, elixirs, slurries, or suspensions, for oral ingestion by a subject. Non-limiting examples of solvents used in an oral dissolvable formulation can include water, ethanol, isopropanol, saline, physiological saline, DMSO, dimethylformamide, potassium phosphate buffer, phosphate buffer saline (PBS), sodium phosphate buffer, 4-2-hydroxyethyl-1-piperazineethanesulfonic acid buffer (HEPES), 3-(N-morpholino)propanesulfonic acid buffer (MOPS), piperazine-N,N′-bis(2-ethanesulfonic acid) buffer (PIPES), and saline sodium citrate buffer (SSC). Non-limiting examples of co-solvents used in an oral dissolvable formulation can include sucrose, urea, cremaphor, DMSO, and potassium phosphate buffer.
- Pharmaceutical preparations can be formulated for intravenous administration. The pharmaceutical compositions can be in a form suitable for parenteral injection as a sterile suspension, solution or emulsion in oily or aqueous vehicles, and can contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Pharmaceutical formulations for parenteral administration include aqueous solutions of the active compounds in water-soluble form. Suspensions of the active compounds can be prepared as oily injection suspensions. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes. The suspension can also contain suitable stabilizers or agents which increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions. Alternatively, the active ingredient can be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
- The active compounds can be administered topically and can be formulated into a variety of topically administrable compositions, such as solutions, suspensions, lotions, gels, pastes, medicated sticks, balms, creams, and ointments. Such pharmaceutical compositions can contain solubilizers, stabilizers, tonicity enhancing agents, buffers and preservatives.
- The compounds can also be formulated in rectal compositions such as enemas, rectal gels, rectal foams, rectal aerosols, suppositories, jelly suppositories, or retention enemas, containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides, as well as synthetic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, and PEG. In suppository forms of the compositions, a low-melting wax such as a mixture of fatty acid glycerides, optionally in combination with cocoa butter, can be melted.
- In practicing the methods of treatment or use provided herein, therapeutically-effective amounts of the compounds described herein are administered in pharmaceutical compositions to a subject having a disease or condition to be treated. In some embodiments, the subject is a mammal such as a human. A therapeutically-effective amount can vary widely depending on the severity of the disease, the age and relative health of the subject, the potency of the compounds used, and other factors. The compounds can be used singly or in combination with one or more therapeutic agents as components of mixtures.
- Pharmaceutical compositions can be formulated using one or more physiologically-acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries, which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations that can be used pharmaceutically. Formulation can be modified depending upon the route of administration chosen. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound described herein can be manufactured, for example, by mixing, dissolving, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping, or compression processes.
- The pharmaceutical compositions can include at least one pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient and compounds described herein as free-base or pharmaceutically-acceptable salt form. Pharmaceutical compositions can contain solubilizers, stabilizers, tonicity enhancing agents, buffers and preservatives.
- Methods for the preparation of compositions comprising the compounds described herein include formulating the compounds with one or more inert, pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients or carriers to form a solid, semi-solid, or liquid composition. Solid compositions include, for example, powders, tablets, dispersible granules, capsules, and cachets. Liquid compositions include, for example, solutions in which a compound is dissolved, emulsions comprising a compound, or a solution containing liposomes, micelles, or nanoparticles comprising a compound as disclosed herein. Semi-solid compositions include, for example, gels, suspensions and creams. The compositions can be in liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in a liquid prior to use, or as emulsions. These compositions can also contain minor amounts of nontoxic, auxiliary substances, such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, and other pharmaceutically-acceptable additives.
- Non-limiting examples of dosage forms suitable for use in the invention include liquid, powder, gel, nanosuspension, nanoparticle, microgel, aqueous or oily suspensions, emulsion, and any combination thereof.
- Non-limiting examples of pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients suitable for use in the invention include binding agents, disintegrating agents, anti-adherents, anti-static agents, surfactants, anti-oxidants, coating agents, coloring agents, plasticizers, preservatives, suspending agents, emulsifying agents, anti-microbial agents, spheronization agents, and any combination thereof.
- A composition of the invention can be, for example, an immediate release form or a controlled release formulation. An immediate release formulation can be formulated to allow the compounds to act rapidly. Non-limiting examples of immediate release formulations include readily dissolvable formulations. A controlled release formulation can be a pharmaceutical formulation that has been adapted such that release rates and release profiles of the active agent can be matched to physiological and chronotherapeutic requirements or, alternatively, has been formulated to effect release of an active agent at a programmed rate. Non-limiting examples of controlled release formulations include granules, delayed release granules, hydrogels (e.g., of synthetic or natural origin), other gelling agents (e.g., gel-forming dietary fibers), matrix-based formulations (e.g., formulations comprising a polymeric material having at least one active ingredient dispersed through), granules within a matrix, polymeric mixtures, and granular masses.
- In some, a controlled release formulation is a delayed release form. A delayed release form can be formulated to delay a compound's action for an extended period of time. A delayed release form can be formulated to delay the release of an effective dose of one or more compounds, for example, for about 4, about 8, about 12, about 16, or about 24 hours.
- A controlled release formulation can be a sustained release form. A sustained release form can be formulated to sustain, for example, the compound's action over an extended period of time. A sustained release form can be formulated to provide an effective dose of any compound described herein (e.g., provide a physiologically-effective blood profile) over about 4, about 8, about 12, about 16 or about 24 hours.
- Non-limiting examples of pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients can be found, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, Nineteenth Ed (Easton, Pa.: Mack Publishing Company, 1995); Hoover, John E., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. 1975; Liberman, H. A. and Lachman, L., Eds., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Marcel Decker, New York, N.Y., 1980; and Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Seventh Ed. (Lippincott Williams & Wilkins 1999), each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- Multiple therapeutic agents can be administered in any order or simultaneously. In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is administered in combination with, before, or after an antibiotic. If simultaneously, the multiple therapeutic agents can be provided in a single, unified form, or in multiple forms, for example, as multiple separate pills. The agents can be packed together or separately, in a single package or in a plurality of packages. One or all of the therapeutic agents can be given in multiple doses. If not simultaneous, the timing between the multiple doses can vary to as much as about a month.
- Therapeutic agents described herein can be administered before, during, or after the occurrence of a disease or condition, and the timing of administering the composition containing a therapeutic agent can vary. For example, the compositions can be used as a prophylactic and can be administered continuously to subjects with a propensity to conditions or diseases in order to lessen a likelihood of the occurrence of the disease or condition. The compositions can be administered to a subject during or as soon as possible after the onset of the symptoms. The administration of the therapeutic agents can be initiated within the first 48 hours of the onset of the symptoms, within the first 24 hours of the onset of the symptoms, within the first 6 hours of the onset of the symptoms, or within 3 hours of the onset of the symptoms. The initial administration can be via any route practical, such as by any route described herein using any formulation described herein. A therapeutic agent can be administered as soon as is practicable after the onset of a disease or condition is detected or suspected, and for a length of time necessary for the treatment of the disease, such as, for example, from about 1 month to about 3 months. The length of treatment can vary for each subject.
- Pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be in unit dosage forms suitable for single administration of precise dosages. In unit dosage form, the formulation is divided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of one or more compounds. The unit dosage can be in the form of a package containing discrete quantities of the formulation. Non-limiting examples are packaged injectables, vials, or ampoules. Aqueous suspension compositions can be packaged in single-dose non-reclosable containers. Multiple-dose reclosable containers can be used, for example, in combination with or without a preservative. Formulations for injection can be presented in unit dosage form, for example, in ampoules, or in multi-dose containers with a preservative.
- Pharmaceutical compositions provided herein, can be administered in conjunction with other therapies, for example, chemotherapy, radiation, surgery, anti-inflammatory agents, and selected vitamins. The other agents can be administered prior to, after, or concomitantly with the pharmaceutical compositions.
- Depending on the intended mode of administration, the pharmaceutical compositions can be in the form of solid, semi-solid or liquid dosage forms, such as, for example, tablets, suppositories, pills, capsules, powders, liquids, suspensions, lotions, creams, or gels, for example, in unit dosage form suitable for single administration of a precise dosage.
- For solid compositions, nontoxic solid carriers include, for example, pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talc, cellulose, glucose, sucrose, and magnesium carbonate.
- Non-limiting examples of pharmaceutically active agents suitable for combination with compositions of the disclosure include anti-infectives, i.e., aminoglycosides, antiviral agents, antimicrobials, anticholinergics/anti spasmotics, antidiabetic agents, antihypertensive agents, antineoplastics, cardiovascular agents, central nervous system agents, coagulation modifiers, hormones, immunologic agents, immunosuppressive agents, and ophthalmic preparations.
- Compounds can be delivered via liposomal technology. The use of liposomes as drug carriers can increase the therapeutic index of the compounds. Liposomes are composed of natural phospholipids, and can contain mixed lipid chains with surfactant properties (e.g., egg phosphatidylethanolamine). A liposome design can employ surface ligands for attaching to unhealthy tissue. Non-limiting examples of liposomes include the multilamellar vesicle (MLV), the small unilamellar vesicle (SUV), and the large unilamellar vesicle (LUV). Liposomal physicochemical properties can be modulated to optimize penetration through biological barriers and retention at the site of administration, and to reduce a likelihood of developing premature degradation and toxicity to non-target tissues. Optimal liposomal properties depend on the administration route: large-sized liposomes show good retention upon local injection, small-sized liposomes are better suited to achieve passive targeting. PEGylation reduces the uptake of the liposomes by the liver and spleen, and increases the circulation time, resulting in increased localization at the inflamed site due to the enhanced permeability and retention (EPR) effect. Additionally, liposomal surfaces can be modified to achieve selective delivery of the encapsulated drug to specific target cells. Non-limiting examples of targeting ligands include monoclonal antibodies, vitamins, peptides, and polysaccharides specific for receptors concentrated on the surface of cells associated with the disease.
- Non-limiting examples of dosage forms suitable for use in the disclosure include liquid, elixir, nanosuspension, aqueous or oily suspensions, drops, syrups, and any combination thereof. Non-limiting examples of pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients suitable for use in the disclosure include granulating agents, binding agents, lubricating agents, disintegrating agents, sweetening agents, glidants, anti-adherents, anti-static agents, surfactants, anti-oxidants, gums, coating agents, coloring agents, flavoring agents, coating agents, plasticizers, preservatives, suspending agents, emulsifying agents, plant cellulosic material and spheronization agents, and any combination thereof.
- Compositions of the invention can be packaged as a kit. In some embodiments, a kit includes written instructions on the administration/use of the composition. The written material can be, for example, a label. The written material can suggest conditions methods of administration. The instructions provide the subject and the supervising physician with the best guidance for achieving the optimal clinical outcome from the administration of the therapy. The written material can be a label. In some embodiments, the label can be approved by a regulatory agency, for example the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), the European Medicines Agency (EMA), or other regulatory agencies.
- Pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be in unit dosage forms suitable for single administration of precise dosages. In unit dosage form, the formulation is divided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of one or more compounds. The unit dosage can be in the form of a package containing discrete quantities of the formulation. Non-limiting examples are liquids in vials or ampoules. Aqueous suspension compositions can be packaged in single-dose non-reclosable containers. Multiple-dose reclosable containers can be used, for example, in combination with a preservative. Formulations for parenteral injection can be presented in unit dosage form, for example, in ampoules, or in multi-dose containers with a preservative.
- A compound described herein can be present in a composition in a range of from about 1 mg to about 2000 mg; from about 100 mg to about 2000 mg; from about 10 mg to about 2000 mg; from about 5 mg to about 1000 mg, from about 10 mg to about 500 mg, from about 50 mg to about 250 mg, from about 100 mg to about 200 mg, from about 1 mg to about 50 mg, from about 50 mg to about 100 mg, from about 100 mg to about 150 mg, from about 150 mg to about 200 mg, from about 200 mg to about 250 mg, from about 250 mg to about 300 mg, from about 300 mg to about 350 mg, from about 350 mg to about 400 mg, from about 400 mg to about 450 mg, from about 450 mg to about 500 mg, from about 500 mg to about 550 mg, from about 550 mg to about 600 mg, from about 600 mg to about 650 mg, from about 650 mg to about 700 mg, from about 700 mg to about 750 mg, from about 750 mg to about 800 mg, from about 800 mg to about 850 mg, from about 850 mg to about 900 mg, from about 900 mg to about 950 mg, or from about 950 mg to about 1000 mg.
- A compound described herein can be present in a composition in an amount of about 1 mg, about 2 mg, about 3 mg, about 4 mg, about 5 mg, about 10 mg, about 15 mg, about 20 mg, about 25 mg, about 30 mg, about 35 mg, about 40 mg, about 45 mg, about 50 mg, about 55 mg, about 60 mg, about 65 mg, about 70 mg, about 75 mg, about 80 mg, about 85 mg, about 90 mg, about 95 mg, about 100 mg, about 125 mg, about 150 mg, about 175 mg, about 200 mg, about 250 mg, about 300 mg, about 350 mg, about 400 mg, about 450 mg, about 500 mg, about 550 mg, about 600 mg, about 650 mg, about 700 mg, about 750 mg, about 800 mg, about 850 mg, about 900 mg, about 950 mg, about 1000 mg, about 1050 mg, about 1100 mg, about 1150 mg, about 1200 mg, about 1250 mg, about 1300 mg, about 1350 mg, about 1400 mg, about 1450 mg, about 1500 mg, about 1550 mg, about 1600 mg, about 1650 mg, about 1700 mg, about 1750 mg, about 1800 mg, about 1850 mg, about 1900 mg, about 1950 mg, or about 2000 mg.
- In some embodiments, a dose can be expressed in terms of an amount of the drug divided by the mass of the subject, for example, milligrams of drug per kilograms of subject body mass. In some embodiments, a compound is administered in an amount ranging from about 5 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg, 250 mg/kg to about 2000 mg/kg, about 10 mg/kg to about 800 mg/kg, about 50 mg/kg to about 400 mg/kg, about 100 mg/kg to about 300 mg/kg, or about 150 mg/kg to about 200 mg/kg.
- 2,3-di-((E)-2-Arylethenyl)indoles (compounds 1-6) were prepared using oxidative Heck coupling as detailed in
Scheme 1. - Palladium acetate (0.1 eq) was added to a mixture of a selected styrene (4 eq), copper (II) acetate (4 eq), and indole (1 eq) in DMF/DMSO (9:1). The reaction mixture was stirred at 70-80° C. for 18-24 hours with thin-layer chromatography (TLC) monitoring of the reaction progress (20% EtOAc/hexanes). The reaction was cooled to room temperature and partitioned between minimal amounts of water and EtOAc, which was filtered through a plug of celite. The layers were then separated and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine solution, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography afforded the desired 2,3-di-((E)-2-arylethenyl)indoles as depicted below:
- Yield 41%; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.60 (s, 1H), 8.09 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (ddd, J=16.5, 7.8, 4.6 Hz, 6H), 7.49 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (dd, J=8.3, 6.6 Hz, 3H), 7.31-7.19 (m, 3H), 7.13 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 138.9, 138.8, 137.1, 136.7, 133.6, 132.3, 129.7, 129.4, 129.0, 128.3, 127.7, 127.3, 125.9, 124.4, 123.0, 121.7, 121.3, 118.2, 115.4, 112.1; HRMS calculated for C24H18Cl2N (M+H)+: 390.0816, actual HRMS 390.0787.
- Yield 60%; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.56 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (q, J=10.6 Hz, 7H), 7.48-7.18 (m, 14H), 7.12 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 139.0, 138.1, 137.4, 136.4, 129.2, 128.9, 128.8, 128.2, 127.1, 126.9, 126.4, 126.1, 125.8, 123.6, 121.8, 121.2, 120.5, 117.0, 113.9, 111.6; HRMS calculated for C24H20N (M+H)+: 322.1596, actual HRMS 322.1606.
- Yield 66%; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.57 (s, 1H), 8.25-7.83 (m, 1H), 7.83 6.69 (m, 7H), 4.20-2.48 (m, 6H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 158.8, 158.6, 131.6, 127.8, 127.6, 127.0, 126.6, 125.8, 124.6, 124.4, 123.9, 122.9, 121.8, 120.5, 120.2, 119.8, 119.6, 119.2, 114.1, 113.9, 111.6, 111.6, 54.6; HRMS calculated for C26H24NO2 (M+H)+: 382.1807, actual HRMS 382.1800.
- Yield 49%; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.68 (s, 1H), 8.09 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.81-7.69 (m, 6H), 7.46-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.10 (m, 8H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 137.7, 135.5, 135.4, 133.8, 128.4, 128.3, 127.5, 127.5, 126.8, 125.0, 123.3, 121.2, 121.1, 120.7, 120.2, 116.4, 115.6, 115.4, 115.3, 115.0, 111.1, 111.0; HRMS calculated for C24H18F2N (M+H)+: 358.1407, actual HRMS 358.1407.
- Yield 40%; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.07 (s, 1H), 8.07 (q, J=8.9, 8.4 Hz, 3H), 7.87 (td, J=15.7, 2.1 Hz, 2H), 7.72-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.51-7.18 (m, 10H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ: 137.1, 136.5, 134.7, 134.6, 133.3, 133.0, 130.0, 129.8, 128.8, 127.8, 127.1, 126.9, 126.7, 126.2, 125.8, 124.3, 124.2, 123.5, 122.7, 121.1, 120.8, 120.2, 118.6, 115.7, 110.9; HRMS calculated for C24H18Cl2N (M+H)+: 390.0816, actual HRMS 390.0815.
- Yield 40%; 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6) δ 10.79 (s, 1H), 8.14 (dd, J=7.9, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.99-7.87 (m, 2H), 7.76 (dd, J=13.1, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 7.69-7.55 (m, 3H), 7.48-7.14 (m, 11H), 13C NMR (100 MHz, acetone-d6) δ: 135.8, 134.2, 134.1, 130.3, 130.0, 127.3, 126.7, 126.1, 125.8, 125.4, 125.3, 124.9, 124.5, 123.6, 122.8, 120.9, 120.4, 118.0, 114.6, 111.2; HRMS calculated for C24H18Cl2N (M+H)+: 390.0816, actual HRMS 390.0807.
- 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6) δ 11.09 (s, 1H), 8.66-8.64 (d, J=7.28 Hz, 1H), 8.22-8.20 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.91-7.90 (d, J=7.28 Hz, 2H), 7.50-7.48 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.08 (m, 5H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, acetone-d6) δ: 161.5, 161.3, 149.6, 142.3, 137.0, 132.4, 131.6, 124.7, 124.6, 124.1, 124.0, 123.3, 121.0, 115.1, 115.0, 112.1. HRMS calculated for C22H20N3O2 (M+H)+: 358.1556, actual HRMS 358.1556.
- 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6) δ 11.20 (s, 1H), 8.53-8.51 (d, J=6.60 Hz, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 7.84-7.70 (m, 4H), 7.56-7.54 (d, J=7.24 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.30 (m, 2H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, acetone-d6) δ: 152.9, 137.1, 136.4, 133.4, 132.1, 124.1, 123.3, 122.7, 121.9, 118.6, 112.0. HRMS calculated for C14H11BrN3 (M+H)+: 300.0136, actual HRMS 300.0135.
- 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6) δ 11.17 (s, 1H), 8.54-8.52 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 7.91-7.89 (d, J=8.64 Hz, 1H), 7.56-7.54 (m, 3H), 7.34-7.27 (m, 2H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, acetone-d6) δ: 153.5, 138.0, 137.3, 134.6, 134.2, 130.0, 125.0, 123.9, 123.6, 123.5, 119.6, 112.9. HRMS calculated for C14H11ClN3 (M+H)+: 256.0642, actual HRMS 256.0642.
- 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6) δ 10.66 (s, 1H), 7.92-7.90 (d, J=8.52 Hz, 2H), m, 1H), 7.49-6.85 (m, 10H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, acetone-d6) δ: 157.4, 132.6, 129.7, 129.6, 129.5, 129.3, 129.2, 129.0, 127.3, 127.2, 126.5, 123.6, 123.2, 121.5, 119.9, 117.5, 117.2, 117.1, 116.8, 111.9. HRMS calculated for C20H14Cl2NO (M+H)+: 354.0452, actual HRMS 354.0459.
- 1H NMR (400 MHz, acetone-d6) δ 10.85 (s, 1H), 7.91-7.89 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), m, 1H), 7.50-7.05 (m, 9H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, acetone-d6) δ: 158.0, 134.0, 133.6, 130.8, 130.5, 130.1, 130.0, 128.3, 127.8, 127.7, 126.1, 124.2, 123.4, 118.0, 117.5, 114.4. HRMS calculated for C20H13Cl3NO (M+H)+: 388.0063, actual HRMS 388.0067.
- Non-limiting examples of compounds of the invention include the following:
- and pharmaceutically-acceptable salts thereof.
- The toxicities of the compounds of the invention were determined for human cancerous cervical epithelium HeLa and normal lung fibroblast WI38 cells. The toxicities of EPIs INF-55 and INF-55Cl were quantified as controls.
- TABLE 1 shows the measured toxicities (IC50; μM) of the compounds of the invention and the EPIs INF-55 and INF-55Cl against HeLa cells. TABLE 2 compares the toxicity of compounds 7-11 on HeLa cells and normal WI38 cells. The results indicated that
7, 9, and 10 killed cancerous HeLa cells at concentrations that were not toxic to normal WI38 cells in culture.compounds -
TABLE 1 Compound IC50 HeLa 1 68.9 ± 4.8 7 38.55 +/− 2.52 8 31.56 +/− 1.74 9 34.37 +/− 0.85 10 36.82 +/− 1.53 11 25.85 +/− 2.47 13 16.4 ± 1.1 14 12.2 ± 1.6 15 Non-Toxic 16 6.4 ± 1.0 18 14.3 ± 0.7 19 35.8 ± 6 INF-55 Non-Toxic 20 Non-Toxic 21 8.2 ± 1.0 22 3.2 ± 0.4 23 12.9 ± 3.2 24 23.9 ± 1.8 25 13 ± 3.5 26 18.6 ± 1.1 27 12.5 ± 0.2 28 8.6 ± 1.4 29 11.6 ± 0.7 30 34.4 ± 5.0 31 Non-Toxic INF-55Cl Non-Toxic -
TABLE 2 Compound IC50 “cancer” HeLa (μM) IC50 “normal” WI38 (μM) 7 38.55 +/− 2.52 53.03 +/− 9.84 8 31.56 +/− 1.74 11.67 +/− 0.82 9 34.37 +/− 0.85 61.89 +/− 6.63 10 36.82 +/− 1.53 54.81 +/− 12.99 11 25.85 +/− 2.47 9.62 +/− 0.24 - The MICs of S. aureus ATCC 33591, BAA-44, BAA-1707, BAA-1717, BAA-1720, BAA-1747, BAA-1754, BAA-1761, BAA-1763, BAA-1764, and BAA-1766 were measured using a cell concentration of about 5×105 colony forming units (CFU)/mL. In a 96-well microtiter plate, two-fold dilutions were made of each drug (starting with 100 CPM) in 100 μL of a cell suspension in trypticase soy broth (TSB). The samples were incubated overnight at 37° C. on a rotary shaking incubator set at 100 revolutions per minute (rpm) and were visually inspected for turbidity. A 20% well-volume of 3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide (MTT reagent, 5 mg/mL) was added, and the samples were incubated for about 20 minutes. The MICs were determined as the lowest concentration at which full visual inhibition was observed by the unaided eye.
- TABLE 3 shows the MICs of
compound 1 and compounds 7-9 against various MRSA isolates. TABLE 4 shows the MICs of antibiotics, including oxacillin, norfloxacin, tetracycline, gentamycin, vancomycin, erythromycin, and penicillin, against various MRSA isolates. The results in TABLE 4 indicated that several of the MRSA isolates developed resistance against the antibiotics, which are indicated with *. -
TABLE 3 MRSA Isolate (ATCC) 1 (μM) 7 (μM) 8 (μM) 9 (μM) 10 (μM) 11 (μM) 33591 TBD 50-100 3.1-6.3 12.5 12.5 6.3-12.5 BAA-44 400 100 15 16 8 4 BAA-1707 TBD 6.3-12.5 6.3 12.5 12.5 12.5 BAA-1717 TBD 12.5 6.3 6.3-12.5 6.3 3.1-6.3 BAA-1720 TBD 12.5-25 6.3 12.5 6.3 3.1-6.3 BAA-1747 TBD 50-100 6.3 12.5 12.5-25 6.3-12.5 BAA-1754 TBD >100 12.5 12.5 50 50-100 BAA-1761 TBD 50 12.5 12.5 >100 50-100 BAA-1763 TBD >100 6.3 12.5 50-100 50 BAA-1764 TBD >100 12.5 12.5 >100 50 BAA-1766 TBD >100 12.5 12.5 25-50 50-100 -
TABLE 4 MRSA Isolate Oxacillin Norfloxacin Tetracycline Gentamycin Vancomycin Erythromycin Penicillin (ATCC) (μg/mL) (μg/mL) (μg/mL) (μg/mL) (μg/mL) (μg/mL) (mg/mL) 33591 >100* 25* 100* >100* <3.1 TBD TBD BAA-44 400* 100* 3.1 >200* 3.1 >1000* 1.6* BAA-1707 <3.1 <3.1 25* <3.1 <3.1 TBD TBD BAA-1717 200* TBD <1.6 3.1 <1.6 30* 1* BAA-1720 >100* >100* <3.1 <3.1 <3.1 TBD TBD BAA-1747 6.3 6.3 <3.1 6.3 <3.1 TBD TBD BAA-1754 50* <3.1 <3.1 <3.1 <3.1 TBD TBD BAA-1761 6.3 >100* 12.5 <3.1 <3.1 TBD TBD BAA-1763 50* >100* <3.1 3-6 <3.1 TBD TBD BAA-1764 25* <3.1 <3.1 <3.1 <3.1 TBD TBD BAA-1766 <6.3 <3.1 <3.1 12.5* <3.1 TBD TBD *indicates development of resistance - A fluorescent binding assay was performed to demonstrate that MRSA has more binding sites for
compound 1 than S. aureus due to the overexpression of NorA efflux pumps in MRSA (FIG. 1 ). The error bars represent data from three independent measurements. - S. aureus and MRSA cells (about 108 CFU/mL) were treated with two doses of compound 1 (1 μM and 10 μM), and the cells were incubated at 37° C. for 15 minutes on a rotary shaker set at 150 rpm. After the incubation, the cells were transferred to a 96-well fluorescent plate reader and read every minute for 30 minutes at excitation wavelengths of 334 nm, 380 nm, and 407 nm, and an emission wavelength of 508 nm. The controls were: 1×PBS, compound 1 (1 M and 10 μM) in 1×PBS, S. aureus in 1×PBS, and MRSA in 1×PBS.
- The results in
FIG. 1 indicated that MRSA was able to bind more ofcompound 1, as shown by the overall higher level of fluorescence when compared to the binding ofcompound 1 by S. aureus. - INF-55 and reserpine, NorA EPIs, were used to compete with
compound 1 for binding sites on MRSA. Sincecompound 1 is highly fluorescent, binding could be assessed by measuring the fluorescence at excitation wavelengths of 345 nm, 380 nm, 407 nm, and an emission wavelength of 508 nm. Fluorescent readings were taken every minute for 30 minutes at a lamp energy of 20,000 CW. MRSA cells (about 108 CFU/mL) were pelleted at 7500 rpm and resuspended in 1×PBS. The MRSA cells were then pretreated with the appropriate EPI at varying concentrations and incubated for 30 minutes at 37° C. at 150 rpm on a rotary shaker. - INF-55 (
FIG. 2 ) and reserpine (FIG. 3 ) were added at 1 μM, 10 μM, 50 μM, and 100 μM. After incubation with the appropriate EPI,compound 1 was added at 5 μM and the samples were incubated for 10 minutes. The samples were then placed in a fluorescent plate reader for analysis. The controls used were as follows: 1×PBS, compound 1 (5 μM) in 1×PBS, each respective concentration of the EPI in 1×PBS, compound 1 (5 μM) added to MRSA cells, and each respective EPI added to MRSA cells. The instrument baseline fluorescence drift was corrected by subtracting the fluorescence measured at each time point for the 1×PBS control sample. The error bars represent data from three independent measurements. - The results from
FIG. 2 indicated thatcompound 1 was able to compete with INF-55 for binding to the efflux pumps of MRSA, as shown by the fluorescence ofcompound 1. - The results from
FIG. 3 indicated thatcompound 1 was able to compete with reserpine for binding to the efflux pumps of MRSA, as shown by the fluorescence ofcompound 1. - Some compounds herein exhibited antibacterial activity upon exposure to light and showed toxicity to a large number drug-resistant bacterial species. Photodynamic therapy (PDT) with
compound 1 reduced 100,000,000 viable MRSA cells to 0 viability upon receiving 2 minutes of white light irradiation. The compounds of the invention were effective at killing a wide variety of human, animal and agricultural pathogens, including CRE (gut, urinary tract and wound infections), S. pyogenes (flesh-eating bacteria), S. mutans (dental caries), Clavibacter (a major agricultural pathogen), and antibiotic-sensitive organisms. Gram-negative bacteria (e.g., A. baumannii) were sensitized to these PDT actions using non-toxic concentrations of PMB. - Bacterial media was inoculated with bacteria and incubated overnight. The bacterial cultures were diluted to 5×108 CFU/mL using a McFarland latex turbidity standard (0.5).
Compound 1 was diluted with sterile DMSO, which was added to the cell suspension in a glass culture tube. The cells were then incubated for 30 minutes at 37° C. on a rotary shaking incubator at 150 rpm. 500 μL of the treated cell suspension was added to a well on a sterile ceramic drop plate. Non-coherent white light from a Lumacare™ LC-122 unit was used to irradiate the samples. The end of the light probe was placed 3 cm above the sample well, perpendicular to the surface of the sample, and light was applied for 2 minutes (15 seconds light, 15 seconds dark). 200 μL of the irradiated sample was transferred to a 96-well plastic microtiter plate, and five ten-fold dilutions were made in the media. 10 μL of each dilution was dripped onto an agar media plate and streaked down the plate by tilting the plate down. The agar plates were incubated at 37° C. overnight, and colony counts were performed to calculate the CFU/mL. -
FIG. 4 depicts the effects of PDT on MRSA using a hand-held flashlight, which can either be UV or plain white-light emitted using a LumaCare™ instrument, a hand-held white-light emitting flashlight, or a hand-held Chauvet® LED mini strobe light. The image on the left shows the PDT-stimulated clearance of MRSA, and the image on the right shows a scanning electron microscope image of cells upon being treated with a compound of the invention and receiving PDT. The SEM image shows that while cells treated with the combination ofcompound 9 at 25 uM and light using a LumaCare™ instrument appear to have burst from the inside. The cells treated with either light orcompound 9 alone were undamaged. - Bacterial patterning is a visually illustrative approach used to demonstrate control of bacterial growth with light and a photo-activated compound. To determine the light-activated killing of Gram-positive bacteria using light and
compound 1, an agar plate was prepared containing 20 μM of inactive andnon-irradiated compound 1. 20 μM ofcompound 1 was used to prevent the inhibition of bacterial growth because the 20 μM concentration was significantly lower than the MIC value (400 μM). A chessboard mask was then placed on top of the agar plate. The agar plate was then irradiated with white light to photo-activatecompound 1 only in the exposed areas (dark squares ofFIG. 5 ), which caused inhibition of bacterial growth in the illuminated parts of the agar plate, wherecompound 1 was photoactivated. The agar plate was then inoculated with bacteria and incubated overnight at 37° C. Bacterial colonies were observed only where the area of the plate was covered to prevent irradiation as seen inFIG. 5 . - Dose-dependent effects of treating bacteria with
compound 1 and irradiation with white light were assessed by treating 108 CFU/mL of cells withcompound 1, followed by irradiation with white light for 2 minutes.Compound 1 was added at a specific concentration to 1 mL of a 108 CFU/mL suspension of the respective bacterial cells, and the cells were incubated at 37° C. for approximately 45 minutes on a rotary shaker at 150 rpm. 0.5 mL of the cell suspension was removed and placed into the wells of a sterile ceramic drop plate, and then the cells were irradiated with white light from a Lumacare™ LC 122A light source for 2 minutes at a distance of approximately 3 cm. The time and distance of the light application delivered about 85 J/cm2 of 400-700 nm light to the sample. After being irradiated, ten-fold dilutions were made of each cell sample. The dilutions were drip-streaked onto a tryptic soy agar (TSA) plate and incubated at 37° C. for 18-24 hours. Enumeration of bacteria was determined from the dilution, which produced a drip-streak containing approximately 30-300 colonies. After counting the colonies, the CFU/mL was calculated by applying the respective dilution factor and a factor of 100 to account for the 10 μL of sample taken. Appropriate controls were prepared, including cells with no treatment, cells withonly compound 1 added, and cells only treated with light. - TABLE 5 and
FIG. 6 show the light-activated killing of MRSA (ATCC No. BAA-44; hospital-acquired MRSA). The error bars inFIG. 6 represent the variations between three replicate determinations. The results indicated that treatment with light led to greater cell toxicity than treatment of the cells withcompound 1 alone. -
TABLE 5 1 - Dark Toxicity 1 - Light Toxicity Treatment (CFU/mL) (CFU/mL) No 2.67 × 108 ± 6.76 × 107 2.94 × 108 ± 4.08 × 107 treatment 0.1 μM 2.85 × 108 ± 8.05 × 107 2.00 × 103 ± 4.00 × 102 0.5 μM 2.93 × 108 ± 2.14 × 107 3.33 × 101 ± 5.77 × 101 1.0 μM 1.05 × 108 ± 9.07 × 106 None detected (<100 CFU/mL) 5.1 μM 4.34 × 105 ± 5.04 × 105 None detected (<100 CFU/mL) -
FIG. 7 also shows the light-activated killing of MRSA. The results show that there was a 3-log reduction in the concentration of CFUs when the cells were treated with 5 μM ofcompound 1, and there was a 1-log reduction in the concentration of CFUs when the cells were treated with 1 μM ofcompound 1. -
FIG. 8 shows the UV/Vis spectrum ofcompound 1. The results show thatcompound 1 had a primary peak maximum at 331 nm and a secondary peak maximum at 388 nm. These peaks are characteristic of and dependent on the specific structure ofcompound 1. Since the toxicity ofcompound 1 could be activated by white light alone (illustrated inFIG. 4 ), PDT activation was not confined to the compound's absorbance maxima. - TABLE 6 shows the synergy and photodynamic inactivation resulting from treatment with
1, 10, and 11. The results show that compounds 1, 10, and 11 were more effective at killing cells when the compounds were used in conjunction with norfloxacin or oxacillin. When compounds 1, 10, and 11 were used to treat cells in conjunction with PDT, only compound 1 had an increased ability to kill cells.compounds -
TABLE 6 Synergy with Synergy with Compound Norfloxacin Oxacillin PDT 1 5-log reduction 5-log reduction <1- log reduction 10 5-log reduction 4-log reduction N/ A 11 8-log reduction 5-log reduction N/A - TABLE 7 and
FIG. 9 show the light-activated killing of MRSA (ATCC No. BAA-1717; community-acquired MRSA). The error bars inFIG. 9 represent the variations between three replicate determinations. The results indicated that treatment with light andcompound 1 led to greater cell toxicity than treatment of the cells withcompound 1 alone. -
TABLE 7 1 - Dark Toxicity 1 - Light Toxicity Treatment (CFU/mL) (CFU/mL) No 6.30 × 107 ± 9.29 × 106 2.94 × 107 ± 8.89 × 106 treatment 0.1 μM 5.10 × 107 ± 5.29 × 106 4.43 × 103 ± 1.33 × 103 0.5 μM 4.03 × 106 ± 1.5 × 106 4.0 × 102 ± 3.61 × 102 1.0 μM 1.06 × 106 ± 8.39 × 104 None detected (<100 CFU/mL) 5.1 μM 7.53 × 105 ± 1.12 × 105 None detected (<100 CFU/mL) - TABLE 8 and
FIG. 10 show the light-activated killing of S. aureus (ATCC No. 29213). The error bars inFIG. 10 represent the variations between three replicate determinations. The results indicated that treatment with light andcompound 1 led to greater cell toxicity than treatment of the cells withcompound 1 alone. -
TABLE 8 1 - Dark Toxicity 1 - Light Toxicity Treatment (CFU/mL) (CFU/mL) No 4.27 × 107 ± 1.62 × 107 9.93 × 107 ± 3.83 × 107 treatment 0.1 μM 1.63 × 108 ± 1.72 × 107 1.20 × 105 ± 5.12 × 104 0.5 μM 2.67 × 106 ± 2.10 × 106 1.60 × 103 ± 1.44 × 103 1.0 μM 1.34 × 106 ± 3.04 × 105 None detected (<100 CFU/mL) 5.1 μM 7.13 × 104 ± 1.80 × 104 None detected (<100 CFU/mL) - TABLE 9 and
FIG. 11 show the light-activated killing of VRE (ATCC No. 51299). The error bars inFIG. 11 represent the variations between three replicate determinations. The results indicated that treatment with light led to greater cell toxicity than treatment of the cells withcompound 1 alone. -
TABLE 9 1 - Dark Toxicity 1 - Light Toxicity Treatment (CFU/mL) (CFU/mL) No 8.67 × 108 ± 1.40 × 108 5.78 × 108 ± 4.27 × 108 treatment 0.1 μM 6.50 × 108 ± 5.40 × 108 7.00 × 102 ± 8.19 × 102 0.5 μM 6.50 × 108 ± 1.32 × 108 2.67 × 102 ± 4.62 × 102 1.0 μM 6.20 × 108 ± 2.62 × 108 None detected (<100 CFU/mL) 5.0 μM 4.55 × 105 ± 8.87 × 105 None detected (<100 CFU/mL) - TABLE 10, TABLE 11, and
FIG. 12 show the light-activated killing of S. pyogenes (ATCC No. 8133). TABLE 10 depicts the MICs ofcompound 1 and light when used individually to treat S. pyogenes. The results in TABLE 11 indicated that treatment with light andcompound 1 led to greater cell toxicity than treatment of the cells withcompound 1 or light alone. The error bars inFIG. 12 represent the variations between three replicate determinations. -
TABLE 10 Drug S. pyogenes MIC Compound 1 100 μM Light No effect -
TABLE 11 1 - Dark Toxicity 1- Light Toxicity Treatment (CFU/mL) (CFU/mL) No 8.00 × 106 ± 1.42 × 106 7.67 × 106 ± 7.51 × 105 Treatment 0.1 μM 7.13 × 106 ± 1.10 × 106 None Detected (<100 CFU/mL) 0.5 μM 1.40 × 106 ± 7.05 × 105 None Detected (<100 CFU/mL) 1.0 μM 4.13 × 106 ± 9.07 × 105 None Detected (<100 CFU/mL) 5.0 μM 5.01 × 105 ± 4.07 × 105 None Detected (<100 CFU/mL) - TABLE 12, TABLE 13, and
FIG. 13 show the light-activated killing of S. mutans (Ward's 85W 2357). TABLE 12 depicts the MICs ofcompound 1 and light when used individually to treat S. mutans. The results in TABLE 13 indicated that treatment with light andcompound 1 led to greater cell toxicity than treatment of the cells withcompound 1 or light alone. The error bars inFIG. 13 represent the variations between three replicate determinations. -
TABLE 12 Drug S. mutans MIC Compound 1 50-100 μM Light No effect -
TABLE 13 1 - Dark Toxicity 1- Light Toxicity Treatment (CFU/mL) (CFU/mL) No 2.27 × 108 ± 6.35 × 107 2.03 × 108 ± 5.77 × 106 Treatment 0.1 μM 2.6 × 108 ± 5.57 × 107 2.35 × 105 ± 3.50 × 105 0.5 μM 1.44 × 108 ± 4.46 × 107 2.33 × 103 ± 1.54 × 103 1.0 μM 2.1 × 105 ± 1.13 × 105 None Detected (<100 CFU/mL) 5.0 μM 5.5 × 104 ± 2.48 × 104 None Detected (<100 CFU/mL) - To illustrate the light-induced effects exhibited by structural analogues of
compound 1, the minimum bactericidal concentration (MBC) was determined for each of the synthesized analogues. The MBC was defined as the minimum concentration of a compound at which the bacterial cell population is reduced to sterility (106 CFU/mL reduction after treatment). - The bacterial media was inoculated with bacteria and incubated overnight. The bacterial cultures were diluted to 5×108 CFU/mL using a McFarland latex turbidity standard (0.5).
Compound 1 was diluted with sterile DMSO, which was added to the cell suspension in glass culture tubes. The cells were then incubated for 30 minutes at 37° C. on a rotary shaking incubator at 150 rpm. 500 μL of the treated cell suspension was added to a well on a sterile ceramic drop plate. Non-coherent white light from a Lumacare™ LC-122 unit was used to irradiate the samples. The end of the light probe was placed 3 cm above the sample well, perpendicular to the surface of the sample, and light was applied for 2 minutes (15 seconds light, 15 seconds dark). 200 μL of the irradiated sample was transferred to a 96-well plastic microtiter plate and five ten-fold dilutions were made in the media. 10 μL of each dilution was dripped onto an agar media plate and was allowed to streak down the plate by tilting the plate down. The agar plates were incubated at 37° C. overnight and colony counts were performed to calculate the CFU/mL. - TABLE 14 details the MBC values of compounds 1-6 against MRSA with and without irradiation with white light. Irradiation involved treatment with a LumaCare™ light source at 3 cm from media for 1 min.
-
TABLE 14 Compound MBC in the dark (μM) MBC with irradiation (μM) 1 200 1 2 100 0.5 3 200 0.5 4 100 0.5 5 200 0.5 6 200 1 - TABLE 15 depicts the IC50 of compounds in the presence or absence of light for human cell lines. The cell lines used were HeLa (human cervical adenocarcinoma), U-87 MG (human brain gliobastoma), MES-SA (human uterine sarcoma), MES-SA/Dx5 (human uterine sarcoma grown in presence of doxorubicin), NCI-H441 (human lung papillary adenocarcinoma), A549 (human lung carcinoma), WI-38 (human embryonic lung normal), MCF7 (human breast adenocarcinoma), SW1088 (human brain astrocytoma), B16F10 (mouse skin melanoma), NIH-3T3 (mouse fibroblast), and Jurkat (human lymphoblastoma).
- “1-Sol” in TABLE 15 was generated by dissolving
compound 1 and potassium hydroxide at a 1:1 ratio in a DMSO/water solution. The cells were irradiated with continuous white light using a LumaCare™ light source for 2 minutes at a distance of 6.5 cm from the cells. The results indicated that all the compounds tested became more toxic upon administration of light regardless of whether the compounds were administered with or without KOH, or with or without liposome encapsulation. -
TABLE 15 Compound IC50 (μM) ± Compound + light Compound Cell Line SD IC50 (μM) ± SD 1 HeLa 9.43 ± 0.40 <0.4 1 HeLa + 5% FBS 2.9 ± 0.2 <0.4 1 HeLa >0.8 0.125 ± 0.013 1 HeLa + 5% FBS >0.8 0.075 ± 0.003 1 HeLa 9.11 ± 0.94 0.29 ± 0.02 1 U-87 MG 44.56 ± 3.68 0.56 ± 0.02 1 U-87 MG (spheroids) >40 μM 0.45 1 MES-SA 42.7 ± 3.4 0.36 ± 0.05 1 MES-SA/Dx5 67.2 ± 17.9 0.72 ± 0.07 (no doxorubicin) 1 MES-SA/Dx5 30.16 ± 2.12 0.62 ± 0.03 (no doxorubicin) 1 MES-SA/Dx5 + 38.78 ± 2.76 0.44 ± 0.1 doxorubicin 1 NCI-H441 50.69 ± 4.37 0.76 ± 0.07 1 A549 17.35 ± 1.52 0.84 ± 0.32 1 WI-38 63.35 ± 5.48 0.33 ± 0.08 1 MCF7 17.82 ± 0.22 0.33 ± 0.04 1 SW1088 >50 0.47 ± 0.03 1 B16F10 18.66 ± 0.99 0.41 ± 0.22 1 MCF7 17.82 ± 0.22 0.33 ± 0.04 1 MCF7A 24.5 ± 0.2 0.40 ± 0.01 1 SW1088 >50 0.47 ± 0.03 1 B16F10 18.66 ± 0.99 0.41 ± 0.22 1-Sol HeLa 55.6 ± 1.44 0.33 ± 0.04 1-Sol U-87 MG 71.23 ± 4.07 0.69 ± 0.41 4 U-87 MG 42.57 ± 5.53 1.01 ± 0.16 4 MES-SA/Dx5 57.2 ± 10.3 1.31 ± 0.51 (no doxorubicin) 4 MES-SA/Dx5 + 40.94 ± 1.36 0.67 ± 0.01 doxorubicin 1 Jurkat >10 uM 0.025 uM 1 in Jurkat >10 uM 0.050 uM liposomes - The results in TABLE 16 indicate that the compounds of the invention became more potent upon being exposed to light when used to treat protozoa. Trypanosomes were cultured in LIT media+10% FBS. The compounds were added to create a dilution series and incubated with the trypanosomes for 1 hour. The trypanosomes were then irradiated with continuous white light for 2 minutes at a distance of 6.5 cm using a LumaCare™ light source. 24 hours later, an MTT assay was performed, which was confirmed by visual inspection, to determine the IC50 values.
-
TABLE 16 Compound + light Compound Protozoan parasite IC50 (μM) IC50 (μM) 1 Trypanosoma cruzi >100 μM <0.5 μM 1-Sol Trypanosoma cruzi >100 μM <0.5 μM 4-Sol Trypanosoma cruzi >100 μM <0.5 μM - The synergy of two compounds with varying relative potencies can be represented using an isobologram. An isobologram plots the normalized effective concentrations of each drug on each axis, where the sum of the two concentrations equals the line of additivity. Outside the line of additivity, when the sum >1, the effect of the two drugs is considered antagonistic; inside of the line of additivity, when the sum <1, the effect of the two drugs is considered superadditive, or when the sum ≤0.5, the effect of the two drugs is considered synergistic.
- The synergy of
compound 1 with vancomycin, tetracycline, doxycycline, norfloxacin, dicloxicillin, oxacillin, penicillin G, and tobramycin was tested. An illustrative example based on a single data point for each antibiotic in combination withcompound 1 against MRSA (ATCC No. BAA-44) is shown inFIG. 14 . A zoomed-in isobologram for the same data as shown inFIG. 14 is depicted inFIG. 15 specifically for the synergistic area. The results indicated thatcompound 1 was able to synergize with every tested antibiotic. - Another method for determining synergy is a checkerboard assay. A checkerboard assay is performed whereby one of the test compounds is serially diluted horizontally across a plate, while the other test compound is serially diluted vertically down the plate. The perpendicular serial dilutions result in combinations of the compounds that range in concentrations from the highest to the lowest of each compound added. In the present study, the checkerboard assay method was adjusted by serially diluting one of the test compounds horizontally and adding the second drug to each well at a concentration of ¼ MIC. The 24-well microtiter plate was then incubated at 37° C. for 18-24 hours on a rotary shaker incubator at 150 rpm. After incubation, MTT reagent was added to each well at a 10% sample volume. Synergy was determined on the lowest concentration of the combined drugs, which produced no purple coloring. Calculation of synergy was determined by the Fractional Inhibitory Concentration Index (FICI): FICI=([Drug 1]Synergy/[Drug1]MIC)+([Drug 2]Synergy/[Drug2]MIC). FICI ≤0.5 is an indication of synergy. Several commercially available antibiotics from mechanistically varied families tested in combination with
compound 1 were found to have FICI values ≤0.5. - TABLE 17 details the obtained FICI values for
compound 1 in combination with varying antibiotics against MRSA, A. baumannii, and E. coli. -
TABLE 17 Bacteria Compound Antibiotic FIC Index MRSA 1 Ampicillin 0.13 MRSA 1 Amoxicillin 0.3 MRSA 1 Tetracycline 0.4 MRSA 1 Dicloxicillin 0.04 MRSA 1 Norfloxacin 0.3 A. baumannii 1 PMB 0.1 E. coli 1 PMB 0.2 -
FIG. 16 demonstrates that the combination ofcompound 1 and PMB was effective at killing A. baumannii, as indicated by a decrease in the concentration of CFU compared to when either agent was used alone. - TABLE 18 details the obtained MIC values for cells treated with
compound 1, light, PMB, and Polymyxin E (PME) against E. coli. -
TABLE 18 Drug E. Coli MIC Compound 1 >200 μg/mL Light No effect PMB 2 μg/ mL PME 2 μg/mL -
FIG. 17 demonstrates that the combination ofcompound 1 and PMB was effective at killing E. coli, as indicated by a decrease in CFU compared to when either agent was used alone. - The potentiation of the antibiotic activity with
compound 1 was demonstrated against MRSA (ATCC No. BAA-44) with a dose-dependent assay using 10 μM ofcompound 1 as an adjuvant. The MICs for the antibiotics in the absence ofcompound 1 were calculated by adjusting the cells to 5×105 CFU/mL with McFarland Turbidity Standard (0.5) followed by the addition of an antibiotic. The cells were then incubated at 37° C. for 18 hours on a rotary shaking incubator at 100 rpm. Finally, MTT was added to the cells to assess viability. - To assess the potentiation of antibiotic activity, the cells were adjusted to 5×105 CFU/mL with McFarland Turbidity Standard (0.5).
Compound 1 was then added at 10 μM, and the cells were incubated at 37° C. for 45 minutes. The desired antibiotic was then added at three sub-inhibitory concentrations, and the cells were incubated at 37° C. for 18 hours on a rotary shaking incubator at 100 rpm. The samples were then diluted ten-fold, drip streaked onto a TSA plate, and incubated for 18 hours at 37° C. The resulting cell colonies were counted, and the CFU/mL values were calculated. -
FIG. 18 shows the MICs of tetracycline in the presence and absence ofcompound 1, which indicated that tetracycline was more efficacious in cell killing in the presence ofcompound 1. The arrows highlight the differences in CFU/mL in the presence and absence ofcompound 1. -
FIG. 19 shows the MICs of doxycycline in the presence and absence ofcompound 1, which indicated that doxycycline was more efficacious in cell killing in the presence ofcompound 1. The arrows highlight the differences in CFU/mL in the presence and absence ofcompound 1. -
FIG. 20 shows the MICs of norfloxacin in the presence and absence ofcompound 1, which indicated that norfloxacin was more efficacious in cell killing in the presence ofcompound 1. The arrows highlight the differences in CFU/mL in the presence and absence ofcompound 1. -
FIG. 21 shows the MICs of dicloxicillin in the presence and absence ofcompound 1, which indicated that dicloxicillin was more efficacious in cell killing in the presence ofcompound 1. The arrows highlight the differences in CFU/mL in the presence and absence ofcompound 1. -
FIG. 22 shows the MICs of oxacillin in the presence and absence ofcompound 1, which indicated that oxacillin was more efficacious in cell killing in the presence ofcompound 1. The arrows highlight the differences in CFU/mL in the presence and absence ofcompound 1. -
FIG. 23 shows the MICs of penicillin G in the presence and absence ofcompound 1, which indicated that penicillin G was more efficacious in cell killing in the presence ofcompound 1. The arrows highlight the differences in CFU/mL in the presence and absence ofcompound 1. -
FIG. 24 shows the MICs of tobramycin in the presence and absence ofcompound 1, which indicated that tobramycin was more efficacious in cell killing in the presence ofcompound 1. The arrows highlight the differences in CFU/mL in the presence and absence ofcompound 1. -
FIG. 25 shows the MICs of vancomycin in the presence and absence ofcompound 1, which indicated that vancomycin was more efficacious in cell killing in the presence ofcompound 1. The arrows highlight the differences in CFU/mL in the presence and absence ofcompound 1. -
FIG. 26 is an example of the treatment of P. aeruginosa withcompound 1 and PME at fixed concentrations. The results indicated that PME was more efficacious in cell killing when co-administered withcompound 1. Treatment of cells with 20 μM ofcompound 1 and 0.1 μg/mL of PME resulted in about a 2-log reduction in the CFU/mL compared to cells that were treated with PME alone. -
FIG. 27 is an example of the treatment of P. aeruginosa withcompound 7 and PME at fixed concentrations. The results indicated that PME was more efficacious in cell killing when co-administered withcompound 7. Treatment of cells with 20 μM ofcompound 7 and 0.1 μg/mL of PME resulted in about a 3-log reduction in the CFU/mL compared to cells that were treated with PME alone. -
FIG. 28 is an example of the treatment of P. aeruginosa withcompound 8 and PME at fixed concentrations. The results indicated that PME was more efficacious in cell killing when co-administered withcompound 8. Treatment of cells with 20 μM ofcompound 8 and 0.1 μg/mL of PME resulted in about a 4-log reduction in the CFU/mL compared to cells that were treated with PME alone. -
FIG. 29 is an example of the treatment of P. aeruginosa withcompound 9 and PME at fixed concentrations. The results indicated that PME was more efficacious in cell killing when co-administered withcompound 9. Treatment of cells with 20 μM ofcompound 9 and 0.1 μg/mL of PME resulted in about a 2-log reduction in the CFU/mL compared to cells that were treated with PME alone. -
FIG. 30 is an example of the treatment of P. aeruginosa withcompound 10 and PME at fixed concentrations. The results indicated that PME was more efficacious in cell killing when co-administered withcompound 10. Treatment of cells with 20 μM ofcompound 10 and 0.1 μg/mL of PME resulted in about a 2-log reduction in the CFU/mL compared to cells that were treated with PME alone. -
FIG. 31 is an example of the treatment of P. aeruginosa withcompound 11 and PME at fixed concentrations. The results indicated that PME was more efficacious in cell killing when co-administered withcompound 11. Treatment of cells with 20 μM ofcompound 11 and 0.1 μg/mL of PME resulted in a about 2-log reduction in the CFU/mL compared to cells that were treated with PME alone. - TABLE 19 details the MICs of
compounds 1, 7-11, and PME and summarizes the data presented inFIGS. 26-31 .Only compound 1 was able to decrease the CFU/mL when used in conjunction with white light to treat P. aeruginosa. -
TABLE 19 Compound MIC Co-treatment with PME PDT 1 >100 μM 2-log reduction ~7- log reduction 7 >100 μM 3-log reduction N/ A 8 >100 μM 4-log reduction N/ A 9 >100 μM 2-log reduction N/ A 10 >100 μM 2-log reduction N/ A 11 >100 μM 2-log reduction N/ A PME 2 μg/mL N/A N/A - Klebsiella pneumoniae (CRE, ATCC BAA-1705) was grown in TSB overnight at 37° C. and diluted to about 5×105 CFU/mL using a McFarland Latex Turbidity standard (0.5). One mL of the cell suspension was transferred to a glass culture test tube. PMB was added to the cell suspension resulting in a final concentration of 200 μg/mL of PMB. The cell suspension was incubated at 37° C. on a rotary shaking incubator at 150 rpm for 4 hours.
1, 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11 were added to the cell suspension, resulting in a concentration of 20 μM for each of the compounds. The cell suspensions containing the compounds were incubated at 37° C. on a rotary shaking incubator at 150 rpm for 4 hours. Each sample was diluted tenfold to a 10−5 dilution. Ten 10 microliters of each dilution from each sample was dripped onto a TSA plate and allowed to streak down the plate. The agar plates were incubated at 37° C. for 18-24 hours. Colony counts were performed and CFU/mL values were calculated.Compounds - TABLE 20 below depicts the ability of the compounds of the invention to kill CRE in the presence of PMB. The results indicate that the CFU of CRE decreased during combination treatment with compounds of the invention and PMB.
-
TABLE 20 Compound No Treatment PMB @ 0.2 μg/mL Comp @ 20 mM PMB + Comp 1 6.6 × 108 CFU/mL 1.8 × 106 CFU/mL 6.4 × 108 CFU/mL 8.2 × 103 CFU/ mL 7 6.6 × 108 CFU/mL 1.8 × 106 CFU/mL 6.9 × 108 CFU/ mL 100 CFU/ mL 8 6.6 × 108 CFU/mL 1.8 × 106 CFU/mL 6.6 × 108 CFU/mL None Detected 9 6.6 × 108 CFU/mL 1.8 × 106 CFU/mL 6.4 × 108 CFU/mL None Detected 10 6.6 × 108 CFU/mL 1.8 × 106 CFU/mL 7.9 × 108 CFU/mL None Detected 11 6.6 × 108 CFU/mL 1.8 × 106 CFU/mL 7.8 × 108 CFU/mL None Detected -
FIG. 32 depicts a turbidity comparison for MRSA (ATCC BAA-44) isolates treated with a positive control (vancomycin),compound 7, oxacillin, and a sample treated with bothcompound 7 and oxacillin. The results show that the observed turbidity decreased in the following order: no treatment>>oxacillin>>compound 7>>compound 7+oxacillin>positive control. -
FIG. 33 depicts the corresponding colony concentrations for the MRSA isolates shown inFIG. 32 . The arrow inFIG. 33 shows that co-treatment of MRSA withcompound 7 and oxacillin was more effective at killing cells than individual treatments withcompound 7 or oxacillin. - The synergy of
compounds 1 and 7-11 with oxacillin and norfloxacin was tested against MRSA (ATCC BAA-44). An overnight culture of MRSA was first diluted to about 5×105 CFU/mL in TSB. Then, 1 mL of the diluted broth suspension was added to a borosilicate glass culture tube. An appropriate volume of a compound or an antibiotic drug stock was added to the broth suspension and mixed using a vortex mixer. Then an appropriate volume of an antibiotic was added to test synergy with compounds 7-11. The samples were subsequently mixed using a vortex mixer, and the samples were incubated for 18 hours at 37° C. on a rotary shaking incubator. After 18 hours, the test cultures were diluted ten-fold, 10 μL of each dilution was drip-streaked onto a TSA plate, and the samples were incubated for 18 hours at 37° C. Colony counts were then performed and the CFU/mL values were calculated. -
FIG. 34 shows thatcompound 1 was more effective at killing MRSA when used in conjunction with oxacillin or norfloxacin. The arrows indicate the effect of co-treating cells withcompound 1 and an antibiotic in comparison to treatment withcompound 1 alone. Cells that received co-treatment withcompound 1 and oxacillin or norfloxacin each had about a 5-log reduction in the number of surviving cells (CFU/mL). -
FIG. 35 shows thatcompound 7 was more effective at killing MRSA when used in conjunction with oxacillin or norfloxacin at two different concentrations. The arrows indicate the synergistic effect of usingcompound 7 and an antibiotic in comparison to treatment withcompound 7 alone. Cells treated withcompound 7 and oxacillin or norfloxacin generated MICs that were six-fold and four-fold greater than cells treated withcompound 8 alone, respectively. -
FIG. 36 shows thatcompound 8 was more effective at killing MRSA when used in conjunction with oxacillin or norfloxacin at two different concentrations. The arrows indicate the synergistic effect of treating cells withcompound 8 and an antibiotic in comparison to treatment withcompound 8 alone. Cells treated withcompound 8 and oxacillin or norfloxacin generated MICs that were three-fold and two-fold greater than cells treated withcompound 8 alone, respectively. -
FIG. 37 shows thatcompound 9 was more effective at killing MRSA when used in conjunction with oxacillin or norfloxacin at varying concentrations. The arrows indicate this synergistic effect in comparison to treatment withcompound 9 in the absence of oxacillin or norfloxacin. Cells treated withcompound 9 and oxacillin or norfloxacin generated MICs that were two-fold greater than cells treated withcompound 9 alone. -
FIG. 38 shows thatcompound 10 was more effective at killing MRSA when used in conjunction with oxacillin or norfloxacin at varying concentrations. The arrow indicates this synergistic effect in comparison to cell treatment withcompound 10 alone. Whilecompound 10 alone was able to effectively kill cells (MIC of 16 μM), cells treated withcompound 10 and oxacillin or norfloxacin generated MICs that were eight-fold greater than cells treated withcompound 10 alone. -
FIG. 39 shows thatcompound 10 was more effective at killing MRSA when used in conjunction with oxacillin or norfloxacin. The arrows indicate the effect of co-treating cells withcompound 1 and oxacillin or norfloxacin in comparison to treatment withcompound 10 alone. Cells that received co-treatment withcompound 10 and oxacillin or norfloxacin had about a 4-log and about a 5-log reduction in the number of surviving cells (CFU/mL), respectively. -
FIG. 40 shows thatcompound 11 was more effective at killing MRSA when used in conjunction with oxacillin at various concentrations. The dark arrow denotes the synergistic effect in comparison to cell treatment withcompound 11 at a concentration of 1 μM in the absence of oxacillin. -
FIG. 41 shows thatcompound 11 was more effective at killing MRSA when used in conjunction with oxacillin or norfloxacin. The arrows indicate the effect of co-treating cells withcompound 11 and oxacillin or norfloxacin in comparison to treatment withcompound 11 alone. Cells that received co-treatment withcompound 11 and oxacillin or norfloxacin had about a 5-log and about an 8-log reduction in the number of surviving cells (CFU/mL), respectively. - TABLE 21 details the MIC values identified in the MRSA assay of
1, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, various antibiotics, and light. The results showed that when compounds 1, 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11 were used in conjunction with oxacillin or norfloxacin, their ability to kill MRSA increased by several orders of magnitude compared to treatment with either the drug or compound alone at concentrations well below their respective MICs.compounds -
TABLE 21 Orders of Magnitude Drug MRSA MIC with Oxacillin with Norfloxacin Compound 1 400 μM >7 9 Compound 7100 μM 6 4 Compound 815 μM >3 >2 Compound 916 μM >2 >2 Compound 1016 μM 8 8 Compound 118 μM 5 5 Dicloxicillin 500-100 μg/mL — — Doxycycline 3.12 μg/mL — — Norfloxacin 100 μg/mL — — Oxacillin 400 μg/mL — — Tetracycline 3.12 μg/mL — — Tobramycin >5,000 μg/mL — — Vancomycin 3.12 μg/mL — — Light No effect — — - TABLE 22 details the combination effects identified in the MRSA assays of combining
1, 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11 with antibiotics, including dicloxicillin, norfloxacin, oxacillin, tetracycline, tobramycin, vancomycin, and light.compounds -
TABLE 22 (Fraction of MIC) (Fraction of MIC) % Compound + Antibiotic Kill Surviving MRSA (1/40) Compound 1 (1/50) Dicloxicillin 99.99 1.00 × 10−8 (1/40) Compound 1 (1/31) Dicloxicillin 99.99 1.00 × 10−4 (1/40) Compound 1 (1/5) Norfloxacin 99.99 1.00 × 10−9 (1/40) Compound 1 (1/4) Oxacillin 99.99 1.00 × 10−7 (1/40) Compound 1 (1/30) Tetracycline 99.99 1.00 × 10−5 (1/40) Compound 1 (1/50) Tobramycin 99.99 1.00 × 10−9 (1/40) Compound 1 (1/6) Vancomycin 99.99 1.00 × 10−9 (1/40) Compound 1 Light 99.99 1.00 × 10−8 (1/7) Compound 7 (1/4) Oxacillin 99.99 1.00 × 10−6 (1/4) Compound 7 (1/7) Norfloxacin 99.99 1.00 × 10−4 (1/3) Compound 8 (1/2) Oxacillin 99.9 1.00 × 10−3 (1/3) Compound 8 (1/4) Norfloxacin 99 1.00 × 10−2 (1/2) Compound 9 (1/3) Oxacillin 99 1.00 × 10−2 (1/2) Compound 9 (1/4) Norfloxacin 99 1.00 × 10−2 (1/8) Compound 10 (1/8) Oxacillin 99.99 1.00 × 10−8 (1/8) Compound 10 (1/16) Norfloxacin 99.99 1.00 × 10−8 (1/8) Compound 11 (1/4) Oxacillin 99.99 1.00 × 10−5 (1/8) Compound 11 (1/7) Norfloxacin 99.99 1.00 × 10−5 - TABLE 23 details the MIC values of
1, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, various antibiotics, and light against VRE.compounds -
TABLE 23 Drug VRE MIC Compound 1 >200 μM Compound 7 >200 μM Compound 8 2 μM Compound 9 >200 μM Compound 10 10-20 μM Compound 11 20 μM Dicloxicillin 4 μg/mL Doxycycline 0.25-0.5 μg/mL Norfloxacin 2.5 μg/mL Oxacillin 20-40 μg/mL Tetracycline 1.25 μg/mL Tobramycin >200 μg/mL Vancomycin >40 μg/mL Light No effect - Possible synergy of compounds 7-11 with vancomycin, tetracycline, and norfloxacin was tested against VRE (ATCC 51299). For these experiments, overnight cultures of VRE were diluted to about 5×105 CFU/mL in TSB. Then, 1 mL of the diluted broth suspension was added to a borosilicate glass culture tube. After appropriate volumes of the compounds were added to the broth suspensions, the samples were mixed using a vortex mixer, and an appropriate volume of an antibiotic was added to the samples. The samples were mixed using a vortex mixer and incubated for 18 hours at 37° C. on a rotary shaking incubator. After 18 hours, the test cultures were diluted ten-fold, and 10 μL of each dilution was drip-streaked onto a TSA plate and incubated for 18 hours at 37° C. Colony counts were then performed and the CFU/mL values were calculated.
-
FIG. 42 shows thatcompound 7 was more effective at killing VRE when the cells were treated with 75 μM ofcompound 7 in conjunction with vancomycin, tetracycline, or norfloxacin compared to treatment withcompound 7 or the antibiotics alone. -
FIG. 43 shows thatcompound 8 was more effective at killing VRE when the cells were treated with 7.5 μM ofcompound 8 in conjunction with vancomycin, tetracycline, or norfloxacin compared to when the cells were treated withcompound 8 or the antibiotics alone. -
FIG. 44 shows thatcompound 9 was more effective at killing VRE when the cells were treated with 75 μM ofcompound 9 in conjunction with tetracycline or norfloxacin compared to treatment withcompound 9 or the antibiotics alone. -
FIG. 45 shows thatcompound 10 was more effective at killing VRE when the cells were treated with 2-2.5 μM ofcompound 10 in conjunction with vancomycin, tetracycline, dicloxicillin, or norfloxacin compared to treatment withcompound 10 or the antibiotics alone. -
FIG. 46 shows thatcompound 11 was more effective at killing VRE when the cells were treated with 2-2.5 μM ofcompound 11 in conjunction with vancomycin, tetracycline, or norfloxacin compared to treatment withcompound 11 or the antibiotics alone. - TABLE 24 details the MICs of common antibiotics against VRE. In a 12×75 mm borosilicate glass culture tube, 1 mL of cell suspension was added. Then,
compound 7 was added to the cells, and the samples were mixed using a vortex mixer. Then, vancomycin (4 μg/mL), norfloxacin (4 μg/mL), tetracycline (4 μg/mL), or gentamycin (4 μg/mL) were added, and the samples were mixed using a vortex mixer. The samples were incubated overnight at 37° C. on a rotary shaking incubator at 100 rpm. Inhibition observed visually compared to each individual treatment was considered synergistic. - The results in TABLE 24 show that in VRE,
Compound 7 potentiates the activity of vancomycin. In VRE, which is penicillin G-, ampicillin-, tetracycline- and norfloxacin-sensitive,compound 7 synergizes with vancomycin at a concentration of 4 ug/ml (CLSI vancomycin in vitro susceptibility breakpoint: ≤2 μg/mL). S stands for ‘sensitive’ and R stands for ‘resistant’. -
TABLE 24 Antibiotic MIC S/ R Penicillin G 2 μg/mL S Ampicillin 2-4 μg/mL S Vancomycin 64 μg/mL R Erythromycin >32 μg/mL R Tetracycline <0.5 μg/ mL S Norfloxacin 1 μg/mL S - The MICs of PMB and compounds 7-11 were determined against Klebsiella pneumoniae (CRE, ATCC BAA-1705). Based on the MIC determinations, a sub-inhibitory concentration of PMB (200 ng/mL) was added to the cell suspensions, and the samples were incubated for 3 hours. After the incubation with PMB, each of the compounds was added at a concentration of 20 μM, and the samples were incubated for an additional 18 hours. A sample was taken and diluted ten-fold in media. Ten microliters of each dilution was then drip-streaked onto an agar plate and incubated overnight at 37° C. Colony counts were then performed and the concentrations of cells (CFU/mL) were calculated.
-
FIG. 47 shows the synergy of compounds 7-11 with PMB against CRE. When used with PMB,compound 7 substantially reduced the number of CRE colonies. Simultaneous treatment of cells with PMB and compounds 8-11 resulted in significant antibacterial activity and reduced the bacterial population to sterility. - TABLE 25 details the MICs of PMB and PME against E. cloacae and K. pneumoniae. The results show that E. cloacae and K. pneumoniae had identical MICs against PME. In contrast, the MIC of PMB against K. pneumoniae was higher than that of E. cloacae and had MICs of ≥16 μg/mL and 4 μg/mL, respectively.
-
TABLE 25 E. cloacae K. pneumoniae Antibiotic ATCC BAA-2341 ATCC BAA-2341 PME 16 μg/ mL 16 μg/ mL PMB 4 μg/mL ≥16 μg/mL - TABLE 26 details the combination effects of treating E. coli, E. cloacae, and K. pneumoniae with
compound 7 and PMB or PME and the conditions under which the combination effects were determined. The results show that E. coli and K. pneumoniae exhibited additional inhibition when treated with PMB or PME. E. cloacae exhibited additional inhibition when treated with PME. -
TABLE 26 CRE Isolate Synergy Conditions E. coli Yes [PMB] = 0.05 μg/mL (Pre-inc. for 2 hrs) + Compound 7ATCC BAA-2340 [PME] = 0.05 μg/mL (Pre-inc. for 1 hr) + Compound 7E. cloacae Yes [PME] = 0.50 μg/mL (Pre-inc. for 1 hr) + ATCC BAA-2341 Compound 7K. pneumoniae Yes [PMB] = 0.75 μg/mL (Pre-inc. for 2 hrs) + Compound 7ATCC BAA-2342 [PME] = 0.75 μg/mL (Pre-inc. for 2 hrs) + Compound 7 - TABLE 27 details the individual MIC values of
1, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, PMB, PME, and light against CRE.compounds -
TABLE 27 Drug CRE MIC Compound 1 >100 μM Compound 7 >100 μM Compound 8 >100 μM Compound 9 >100 μM Compound 10 >100 μM Compound 11 >100 μM PMB 4 μg/ mL PME 4 μg/mL Light No effect - The MICs of PME and compounds 8-11 were determined against Klebsiella pneumoniae (CRE, ATCC BAA-1705). Based on the MIC determinations, a sub-inhibitory concentration of PME (200 ng/mL) was added to the cell suspensions, and the samples were incubated for 1 hour. After the incubation with PME, the compounds were added at a concentration of 20 μM, and the samples were further incubated. At specific time points, the samples were taken and diluted ten-fold in media. Ten microliters of each dilution was then drip-streaked onto an agar plate and incubated overnight at 37° C. Colony counts were then performed and the CFU/mL were calculated.
-
FIG. 48 shows the time-dependent changes in the colony counts of CRE when the cells were treated with PME, compounds 8 or 9, and PME, or when the cells received no treatment (NT). Both 8 and 9 reduced the CRE colony populations to sterility when the cells were simultaneously treated with PME (0.2 μg/mL). These results demonstrate the synergistic effects of the compounds and PME.compounds -
FIG. 49 shows the time-dependent changes in the colony counts of CRE upon treatment with PME, compounds 10 or 11, and PME, or when the cells received no treatment (NT). Both compounds reduced the CRE colony populations to sterility when the cells were simultaneously treated with PME (0.2 μg/mL). These results demonstrate the synergistic effects of the compounds and PME. - TABLE 28 details the individual MIC values of
1, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, PMB, PME, and light against A. baumannii.compounds -
TABLE 28 Drug A. baumannii MIC Compound 1 >100 μM Compound 7 >100 μM Compound 8 >100 μM Compound 9 >100 μM Compound 10 >100 μM Compound 11 >100 μM PMB 4 μg/mL PME 0.5 μg/mL Light No effect - The MICs of PME and compounds 8-11 were determined against A. baumannii (ATCC 15151). Based on the MIC determinations, a sub-inhibitory concentration of PME (200 ng/mL) was added to the cell suspensions, and the resulting samples were incubated for 1 hour. After incubating the cells with PME, a compound (5 μM) was added, and the samples were further incubated at 37° C. At specific time points, samples were taken and diluted ten-fold in media. Ten microliters of each dilution was then drip-streaked onto an agar plate and incubated overnight at 37° C. Colony counts were then performed, and the CFU/mL were calculated.
-
FIG. 50 shows the MICs of 7 and 9 for several time points. When the bacterial colonies were treated withcompounds 7 or 9 along with 0.2 μg/mL of PME, the A. baumannii colony populations were reduced to sterility. The arrows indicate that the bacterial colonies did not recover with time upon being treated withcompounds 7 or 9 and PME.compounds -
FIG. 51 shows the MIC ofcompound 8 for several time points. When the bacterial colonies were treated withcompound 8 along with PME or PMB, the A. baumannii colony populations were reduced to sterility. The arrows indicate that the bacterial colonies did not recover with time upon being treated withcompound 8 and PME or PMB. -
FIG. 52 shows the MICs of 10 and 11 for several time points. When the bacterial colonies were treated withcompounds 10 or 11 along with 0.2 μg/mL of PME, the A. baumannii colony populations were reduced to sterility. The arrows indicate that the bacterial colonies did not recover with time upon being treated withcompounds 10 or 11 and PME.compounds - The data in TABLE 29 demonstrate that the compounds of the invention resensitized pathogenic drug-resistant bacteria to antibiotics. The column on the right shows the order-of-magnitude increase in killing efficacy when the compounds were co-administered with an antibiotic, as compared to the more active of either of the components alone.
- The combination effects of
compound 1 and compounds 7-11 were quantified in the presence of antibiotics, including PMB, PME, oxacillin, norfloxacin, vancomycin, tetracycline, dicloxacillin, tobramycin, doxycycline, and/or light. In a 96-well microtiter plate, two-fold dilutions were made of each drug (starting with 100 μM) in 100 μL of a cell suspension in TSB. The resulting samples were incubated overnight at 37° C. on a rotary shaking incubator at 100 rpm. The samples were then visually inspected for turbidity. A 20% well volume of MTT reagent (5 mg/mL) was subsequently added, and the samples were incubated for about 20 minutes. The MICs of the compounds of the invention were determined as the concentrations at which full visual inhibition was observed. -
TABLE 29 Antibiotic/Second Drug Log Compound Organism Substance Reduction 1 (1 μM) E. Coli PMB (0.1 μg/mL) 4 1 (1 μM) E. Coli PMB (0.1 μg/mL) + Light (2 min) 7 1 (1 μM) MRSA ATCC BAA-44 Light (2 min) 8 1 (1 μM) MRSA ATCC BAA- Light (2 min) 6 1717 1 (1 μM) S. aureus Light (2 min) 6 ATCC 29213 1 (1 μM) VRE Light (2 min) 8-9 1 (1 μM) S. pyogenes Light (2 min) 6-7 ATCC 8133 1 (1 μM) S. mutans Light (2 min) 5-6 Ward's 85W 2357 1 (5 μM) A. baumannii PMB (0.5 μg/mL) 8 1 (5 μM) A. baumannii PME (0.2 μg/mL) 8 1 (5 μM) CRE PMB (0.2 μg/mL) + Light (2 min) 3 1 (5 μM) S. aureus Tetracycline (0.1 μg/mL) 5 ATCC 29213 1 (5 μM) S. aureus Norfloxacin (0.5 μg/mL) 6 ATCC 29213 1 (10 μM) MRSA Vancomycin (0.5 μg/mL) 9 1 (10 μM) MRSA Tetracycline (0.1 μg/mL) 5-6 1 (10 μM) MRSA Doxycycline (0.1 μg/mL) 4 1 (10 μM) MRSA Norfloxacin (20 μg/mL) 9 1 (10 μM) MRSA Oxacillin (100 μg/mL) 7-8 1 (10 μM) MRSA Dicloxacillin (1 μg/mL) 8 1 (10 μM) MRSA Tobramycin (100 μg/mL) 9 1 (10 μM) CRE PME (0.1 μg/mL) 9 1 (10 μM) CRE PME (0.2 μg/mL) + Light (2 min) 9 1 (20 μM) P. aeruginosa PME (0.1 μg/mL) 2 1 (20 μM) P. aeruginosa PME (0.1 μg/mL) + Light (2 min) 8 7 (5 μM) A. baumannii PME (0.2 μg/mL) 8 7 (15 μM) MRSA Oxacillin (100 μg/mL) 6 7 (15 μM) MRSA Norfloxacin (15 μg/mL) 4 7 (15 μM) MRSA Oxacillin (100 μg/mL) 6 7 (15 μM) MRSA Norfloxacin (15 μg/mL) 4 7 (20 μM) P. aeruginosa PME (0.1 μg/mL) 3 7 (20 μM) CRE PMB (0.2 μg/mL) 4 7 (75 μM) VRE Norfloxacin (2.5 μg/mL) 4-5 7 (75 μM) VRE Vancomycin (3.5 μg/mL) 3-4 7 (75 μM) VRE Tetracycline (1.5 μg/mL) 3 8 (5 μM) MRSA Oxacillin (50 μg/mL) 3-4 8 (5 μM) MRSA Norfloxacin (25 μg/mL) 2-3 8 (5 μM) A. baumannii PME (0.05 μg/mL) 9 8 (7.5 μM) VRE Norfloxacin (2.5 μg/mL) 4-5 8 (7.5 μM) VRE Vancomycin (3.5 μg/mL) 3 8 (7.5 μM) VRE Tetracycline (1.5 μg/mL) 3-4 8 (20 μM) CRE PMB (0.2 μg/mL) 6 8 (20 μM) CRE PME (0.2 μg/mL) 6 8 (20 μM) A. baumannii PMB (0.2 μg/mL) 9 8 (20 μM) P. aeruginosa PME (0.1 μg/mL) 4 9 (5 μM) A. baumannii PME (0.2 μg/mL) 8 9 (8 μM) MRSA Oxacillin (125 μg/mL) 2-3 9 (8 μM) MRSA Norfloxacin (25 μg/mL) 2-3 9 (20 μM) CRE PMB (0.2 μg/mL) 6 9 (20 μM) CRE PME (0.2 μg/mL) 6 9 (20 μM) P. aeruginosa PME (0.1 μg/mL) 2 9 (75 μM) VRE Norfloxacin (2.5 μg/mL) 4 9 (75 μM) VRE Tetracycline (1.5 μg/mL) 3-4 10 (1 μM) MRSA Oxacillin (100 μg/mL) 4-5 10 (1 μM) MRSA Norfloxacin (15 μg/mL) 5-6 10 (2 μM) VRE Norfloxacin (5 μg/mL) 5-6 10 (2 μM) VRE Tetracycline (1 μg/mL) 3-4 10 (2 μM) VRE Dicloxacillin (10 μg/mL) 5 10 (2.5 μM) VRE Vancomycin (3.5 μg/mL) 4 10 (5 μM) A. baumannii PME (0.2 μg/mL) 8 10 (20 μM) CRE PME (0.2 μg/mL) 6 10 (20 μM) CRE PME (0.2 μg/mL) 6 10 (20 μM) P. aeruginosa PME (0.1 μg/mL) 2 11 (0.5 μM) MRSA Oxacillin (100 μg/mL) 5 11 (0.5 μM) MRSA Norfloxacin (20 μg/mL) 8 11 (0.5 μM) VRE Norfloxacin (2.5 μg/mL) 3-4 11 (0.5 μM) VRE Vancomycin (3.5 μg/mL) 3 11 (0.5 μM) VRE Tetracycline (1.5 μg/mL) 3 11 (5 μM) A. baumannii PME (0.2 μg/mL) 8 11 (20 μM) CRE PME (0.2 μg/mL) 6 11 (20 μM) CRE PME (0.2 μg/mL) 6 11 (20 μM) P. aeruginosa PME (0.1 μg/mL) 2 - TABLES 30-40 show the combination effects of treating various strains of S. aureus (i.e., ATCC 33591, BAA-44; BAA-1707; BAA-1717; BAA-1720; BAA-1747; BAA-1754; BAA-1761; BAA-1763; BAA-1764; BAA-1766) with compounds 7-11 and an antibiotic (i.e., oxacillin, norfloxacin, tetracycline, gentamycin, and vancomycin). The results in TABLES 30-40 show that compounds 7-11 were more effective at killing MRSA isolates when used in conjunction with an antibiotic.
- Inhibition resulting from co-treatment of a broth suspension with a compound of the invention and an antibiotic was compared to broth suspensions subjected to each individual treatment. A visual observation of inhibition with the unaided eye upon co-treatment of the broth suspensions, based on turbidity, was considered synergistic. The MICs were read as the lowest concentration of an antimicrobial agent that completely inhibited growth of the organism in the tubes or microdilution wells as detected by the unaided eye.
- Exceptions to reading complete inhibition of growth included Gram-positive cocci. For Gram-positive cocci, trailing growth was observed. For these species, the MICs were read at the first spot where trailing was observed, and tiny buttons of growth were ignored.
- Exceptions to reading complete inhibition of growth also included trimethoprim and sulfonamides. Antagonists in the medium allowed for some slight growth; thus, the end point was read as the concentration in which there was ≥80% reduction in growth compared to the control. When a single skipped well (i.e., wells that exhibit no growth although growth occurs at higher concentrations) was observed, the highest MIC was read.
- A compound of the invention and an antibiotic were considered to have “no synergy” when no change was observed in turbidity between co-treatment of a broth suspension with a compound of the invention and an antibiotic and either of the individual components alone.
- MIC interpretive standards were used to classify antibiotics, including oxacillin, norfloxacin, gentamycin, vancomycin, and tetracycline, as “susceptible”, “intermediate”, or “resistant”. Two-fold dilutions of the antibiotics were prepared in a liquid growth medium dispensed in test tubes. For broth dilutions, cation-adjusted Mueller-Hinton broth was used to determine the MICs; cation-adjusted Mueller-Hinton broth supplemented with 2% NaCl was used to determine the MIC of oxacillin. For agar dilutions, Mueller-Hinton agar was used to determine the MICs; Mueller-Hinton agar supplemented with 2% NaCl was used to determine the MIC of oxacillin. The antibiotic-containing tubes were inoculated with a standard bacterial suspension of 5×105 CFU/mL. Following an overnight incubation (16-20 hrs) at 35±2° C. under ambient air, the tubes were examined for visible bacterial growth based on turbidity. The lowest concentration of antibiotic that prevented growth was determined to be the MIC. An incubation time of 24 hrs was used to determine the MICs of oxacillin and vancomycin.
-
TABLE 30 MRSA ATCC BAA-1707 Compound Oxacillin Norfloxacin Tetracycline Gentamycin Vancomycin 7 Susceptible Susceptible Synergy Susceptible Susceptible 8 Susceptible Susceptible No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible 9 Susceptible Susceptible No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible 10 Susceptible Susceptible Synergy Susceptible Susceptible 11 Susceptible Susceptible Synergy Susceptible Susceptible -
TABLE 31 MRSA ATCC BAA-1717 Results Compound Oxacillin Norfloxacin Tetracycline Gentamycin Vancomycin 7 Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 8 Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 9 Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 10 Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 11 Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible -
TABLE 32 MRSA ATCC BAA-1720 Results Compound Oxacillin Norfloxacin Tetracycline Gentamycin Vancomycin 7 Synergy No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 8 Synergy No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 9 Synergy No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 10 No Synergy No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 11 No Synergy No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible -
TABLE 33 MRSA ATCC BAA-1747 Results Compound Oxacillin Norfloxacin Tetracycline Gentamycin Vancomycin 7 Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 8 Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 9 Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 10 Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 11 Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible -
TABLE 34 MRSA ATCC BAA-44 Results Compound Oxacillin Norfloxacin Tetracycline Vancomycin 7 Synergy No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible 8 No Synergy No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible 9 No Synergy No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible 10 No Synergy No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible 11 Synergy No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible -
TABLE 35 MRSA ATCC 33591 Results Compound Oxacillin Norfloxacin Tetracycline Gentamycin Vancomycin 7 Synergy Synergy Susceptible Synergy Susceptible 8 No Synergy No Synergy No Synergy No Synergy Susceptible 9 No Synergy No Synergy No Synergy No Synergy Susceptible 10 No Synergy No Synergy No Synergy No Synergy Susceptible 11 No Synergy No Synergy No Synergy No Synergy Susceptible -
TABLE 36 MRSA ATCC BAA-1754 Results Compound Oxacillin Norfloxacin Tetracycline Gentamycin Vancomycin 7 Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 8 Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 9 No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 10 No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 11 No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible -
TABLE 37 MRSA ATCC BAA-1761 Results Compound Oxacillin Norfloxacin Tetracycline Gentamycin Vancomycin 7 Susceptible No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 8 Susceptible No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 9 Susceptible No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 10 Susceptible No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 11 Susceptible No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible -
TABLE 38 MRSA ATCC BAA-1763 Results Compound Oxacillin Norfloxacin Tetracycline Gentamycin Vancomycin 7 Synergy No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 8 Synergy No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 9 Synergy No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 10 No Synergy No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 11 No Synergy No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible -
TABLE 39 MRSA ATCC BAA-1764 Results Compound Oxacillin Norfloxacin Tetracycline Gentamycin Vancomycin 7 Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 8 Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 9 Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 10 No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 11 No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible -
TABLE 40 MRSA ATCC BAA-1766 Results Compound Oxacillin Norfloxacin Tetracycline Gentamycin Vancomycin 7 Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 8 Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 9 Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 10 No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible 11 No Synergy Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible Susceptible - TABLE 41 summarizes the data presented in TABLES 5-17 with respect to
compound 7. These data demonstrate thatcompound 7 reverts a broad spectrum of MRSA strains to antibiotic-sensitive S. aureus. - The drug concentrations used to obtain these data were 2.3 μg/mL of compound 7 (1/6 IC50 on HeLa cells); 2 μg/mL oxacillin, or 4 μg/mL of norfloxacin, tetracycline, and gentamycin.
-
TABLE 41 MRSA Isolate (ATCC) Oxacillin Norfloxacin Tetracycline Gentamycin 33591 Synergy Synergy — Synergy BAA-44 Synergy No Synergy — — BAA-1707 — — Synergy — BAA-1717 Synergy — — — BAA-1720 Synergy No Synergy — — BAA-1747 — — — — BAA-1754 Synergy — — — BAA-1761 — No Synergy — — BAA-1763 Synergy No Synergy — — BAA-1764 Synergy — — — BAA-1766 Synergy — — — -
FIG. 53 is an example of the treatment of A. baumannii withcompound 1 and PMB at fixed concentrations with and without irradiation using white light (λ). The results indicated that PMB was more efficacious in cell killing when co-administered withcompound 1 and light. -
FIG. 54 is an example of the treatment of E. coli withcompound 1 and PMB at fixed concentrations with and without irradiation using white light (λ). The results indicated that PMB was more efficacious in cell killing when co-administered withcompound 1 and light. - P. aeruginosa cells were also treated with white light upon being incubated with
compound 1 for different durations of time. In a 12×75 mm borosilicate glass culture tube, 1 mL of cell suspension was added. PME was added to the cells, and the samples were mixed using a vortex mixer. The resulting samples were incubated for 1.5 hours at 37° C. on a rotary shaking incubator at 100 rpm.Compound 1 was then added, and the samples were incubated for 30 minutes at 37° C. on a rotary shaking incubator at 100 rpm. The samples were then irradiated with white light using a Lumacare™ LC-122 for 2 minutes (irradiation λ1) and incubated overnight at 37° C. The samples were irradiated again with white light using a Lumacare™ LC-122 for 2 minutes (irradiation λ2). Ten-fold dilutions were made of each sample, and 10 μL of each dilution was drip-streaked onto an agar plate. The samples were incubated overnight at 37° C., and colony counts were performed to calculate CFU/mL. -
FIG. 55 is an illustrative example of the treatment of P. aeruginosa withcompound 1, PME, co-treatment withcompound 1 and PME, and co-treatment withcompound 1, PME, and light (λ1 and λ2) at fixed concentrations. The results indicated that treatment with light immediately after a 30 minute incubation with compound 1 (λ1) resulted in about an 8-log reduction in the CFU/mL compared to cells that received co-treatment withcompound 1 and PME. Cells that received treatment with additional irradiation after an overnight incubation with compound 1 (λ2) resulted in a negligible reduction in the CFU/mL compared to cells that received co-treatment withcompound 1 and PME. - To determine if liposomes had an effect on the activity of
compound 1, HeLa cells were preincubated either withcompound 1 in DMSO or in dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine (DPPC) liposomes at a 1 μM final concentration ofcompound 1. An effective period of pre-incubation with the drug in the dark was determined to be about 28 hours forcompound 1 in DMSO and 60 hours for liposomal delivery ofcompound 1. The cells were then irradiated with continuous white light for 2 minutes at a distance of 6.5 cm using a LumaCare™ light source. An MTT assay was carried out to evaluate cell viability 48 hours later. - The results in TABLE 42 indicate that
compound 1 was able to kill HeLa cells when in a DMSO solution or encapsulated in liposomes. Additionally,compound 1 in DMSO was more stable at 40° C. compared to the liposomal formulation. - The stability of the formulation was determined using dynamic light scattering (DLS) to measure the mean size and standard deviation, both of which remained consistent. The experiments were repeated after the indicated periods, and the outcome of
compound 1 photodynamic therapy was essentially the same in terms of cell killing. -
TABLE 42 Compound 1 pre- incubation Vehicle/ Compound Compound 1 + to max Stability at concentration 1 light killing 40° C. Compound 1 6% killing 77% killing 28 hours >2 months (1 μM) in DMSO Compound 1 9% killing 56% killing 60 hours >2 weeks (1 μM) in liposomes -
FIG. 56 depicts the ability of a compound of the invention to be a photodynamic agent via the production of singlet oxygen species in vitro. The production of singlet oxygen upon irradiation with light (hv) was detected using Singlet Oxygen Sensor Green (SOSG). 20 μM of each 1-Sol and SOSG were prepared in water and allowed to equilibrate at room temperature for one hour. The samples were read with a UV/Vis plate spectrophotometer using excitation and emission wavelengths of 500 nm and 540 nm, respectively, before and after three minutes of irradiation with non-coherent light (400-700 nm) for three minutes at a 3 cm distance using a Lumacare™ LC-122. The results indicated that the addition of compound 1-Sol increased the production of singlet oxygen as measured by the increase in relative fluorescence units (RFU) of SOSG. - The MICs of antibiotics and compounds 7-11 were determined against S. aureus (ATCC 29213). In a 96-well microtiter plate, 100 μL of a cell suspension (about 5×105 CFU/mL in TSB media) were diluted two-fold in triplicate with compounds 7-11 or an antibiotic. Each mixture was incubated at 37° C. on a rotary shaking incubator for about 16 hours. MTT was then added to assess the viability of the cells (at 10% well volume). To evaluate the cells for their evolution of resistance, sub-inhibitory concentrations (0.5 MIC; 0.25 MIC) of each compound and antibiotic were incubated with cells overnight (18-24 hrs) at 37° C. on a rotary shaking incubator at 100 rpm. The cells were then streaked onto a TSA plate and incubated overnight at 37° C. These steps were repeated to reach a total of 30 exposures.
- TABLE 43 details the individual MIC values of
1, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, various antibiotics, and light against S. aureus.compounds -
TABLE 43 Drug S. aureus MIC Compound 1 100 μM Compound 7 32 μM Compound 8 8 μM Compound 9 16 μM Compound 10 32-64 μM Compound 11 32-64 μM Dicloxicillin 50-100 μg/mL Doxycycline 3.12 μg/mL Norfloxacin 1.25-2.5 μg/mL Oxacillin 0.5 μg/mL Tetracycline 2.5 μg/mL Tobramycin 0.25 μg/ mL Vancomycin 2 μg/mL Light No effect - The ability of S. aureus to develop resistance against compounds 7-11 was tested using oxacillin and norfloxacin as controls. TABLE 22 shows the MIC values for compounds 7-11 and antibiotics (i.e., oxacillin and norfloxacin) after serial passaging at sub-inhibitory concentrations. The results show that no evolution of resistance was observed even after a month of continuous sub-lethal exposure to compounds 7-11. Sensitivity to most compounds remained the same or decreased.
-
FIG. 57 andFIG. 58 are the corresponding images to TABLE 44. -
TABLE 44 Initial MIC (μM) Final MIC (μM) Compound Mar. 10, 2015 Apr. 16, 2015 Resistance Evolved 7 32 8 No 8 8 8 No 9 16 8 No 10 32-64 16-32 No 11 32-64 >256 Yes Oxacillin 0.25 >8 Yes Norfloxacin 2 >16 Yes - TABLE 45 summarizes the synergistic activities of the seven classes of clinically used antibiotics and compounds of the invention against a variety of different drug-resistant bacteria.
-
TABLE 45 Antibiotic Families β-lactams Fluoroquinolones Glycopeptides Tetracyclines Aminoglycosides Macrolides Polypeptides Bacterial Isolate Oxacillin Norfloxacin Vancoymcin Tetracycline Gentamycin Erythromycin Polymyxin E Polymyxin B MRSA ATCC Synergy (7) Synergy (7) — — Synergy (7) — — — 33591 MRSA ATCC Synergy* Synergy Synergy (7) Synergy †(1) Synergy ‡ (7) Synergy (1) — — BAA-44 (7, 8, 9, 10, 11) (7, 8, 9, 10, 11) MRSA ATCC — — — Synergy (7) — — — — BAA-1707 MRSA ATCC Synergy (7) — — — — — — — BAA-1717 MRSA ATCC Synergy (7) — — — — — — — BAA-1720 MRSA ATCC Synergy (7) — — — — — — — BAA-1747 MRSA ATCC Synergy (7) — — — — — — — BAA-1754 MRSA ATCC — — — — — — — — BAA-1761 MRSA ATCC Synergy (7) — — — — — — — BAA-1763 MRSA ATCC Synergy (7) — — — — — — — BAA-1764 MRSA ATCC Synergy (7) — — — — — — — BAA-1766 VRE ATCC Synergy Synergy Synergy Synergy — — — — 51299 (10: (7, 8, 9, 10, 11) (7, 8, 9, 10, (7, 8, 9, 10, dicloxicillin) 11) 11) P. aeruginosa — — — — — — Synergy Synergy ATCC 27853 (7, 8, 9, 10, (7, 8, 9, 10, 11) 11) CRE ATCC 1705 — — — — — — Synergy Synergy (7, 8, 9, 10, (7, 8, 9, 10, 11) 11) CRE ATCC 2340 — — — — — — Synergy Synergy (7, 8, 9, 10, (7, 8, 9, 10, 11) 11) CRE ATCC 2341 — — — — — — Synergy Synergy (7, 8, 9, 10, (7, 8, 9, 10, 11) 11) CRE ATCC 2342 — — — — — — Synergy Synergy (7, 8, 9, 10, (7, 8, 9, 10, 11) 11) A. baumannii — — — — — — Synergy Synergy ATCC 15151 (7, 8, 9, 10, (7, 8, 9, 10, 11) 11) *: includes ampicillin, dicloxicillin, and penicillin G; †: includes doxycycline; ‡: includes tobramycin; —: indicates either existing synergy or to be determined - The following non-limiting embodiments provide illustrative examples of the invention, but do not limit the scope of the invention.
- A method of treating a condition, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound that binds a biological structure, thereby decreasing drug resistance in a cell, wherein the compound is more therapeutically-effective in the presence of light than in the dark.
- The method of
embodiment 1, wherein the subject is human. - The method of any one of embodiments 1-2, further comprising irradiating the compound after administration to the subject.
- The method of
embodiment 3, wherein the compound is irradiated with light having a wavelength of about 200 to about 800 nm. - The method of any one of embodiments 1-4, wherein the condition is caused by a microbe.
- The method of
embodiment 5, wherein the microbe is a bacterium. - The method of
embodiment 5, wherein the microbe is a Gram-positive bacterium. - The method of
embodiment 5, wherein the microbe is a Gram-negative bacterium. - The method of
embodiment 5, wherein the microbe is a drug-resistant bacterium. - The method of
embodiment 5, wherein the microbe is methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus. - The method of
embodiment 5, wherein the microbe is Acinetobacter baumannii. - The method of
embodiment 5, wherein the microbe is Escherichia coli. - The method of any one of embodiments 1-12, wherein the biological structure is an efflux pump.
- The method of any one of embodiments 1-13, wherein the compound lessens an activity of a drug resistance mechanism in the microbe.
- The method of any one of embodiments 1-14, wherein the method further comprises administering to the subject a therapeutically-effective amount of a second compound.
- The method of
embodiment 15, wherein the compound increases an activity of the second compound. - The method of any one of embodiments 15-16, wherein the second compound is an antibiotic.
- The method of
embodiment 17, wherein the antibiotic is polymyxin B or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof. - The method of any one of embodiments 15-18, wherein the compound and the second compound are administered in a common unit dosage form.
- The method of any one of embodiments 1-19, wherein the administration is oral.
- The method of any one of embodiments 1-19, wherein the administration is intravenous.
- The method of any one of embodiments 1-19, wherein the administration is subcutaneous.
- The method of any one of embodiments 1-19, wherein the administration is topical.
- The method of any one of embodiments 1-23, wherein the administration occurs via an oily carrier.
- The method of any one of embodiments 1-24, wherein the therapeutically-effective amount is from about 5 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg.
- The method of any one of embodiments 1-25, wherein the compound is a compound of formula:
- wherein:
-
- RING is a ring system;
- Cy1 is a cyclic group;
- Cy2 is a cyclic group;
- L1 is a linking group; and
- L2 is independently a linking group, or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
- The method of any one of embodiments 1-26, wherein the compound is a compound of formula:
- wherein:
-
- X is N, NH, S, or O;
- each is independently a single bond or a double bond;
- R1 is H or -L1-Cy1;
- R2 is H or -L2-Cy2;
- R3 is H or -L3-Cy3 and R4 is H or -L4-Cy4, or R3 and R4 together with the atoms to which R3 and R4 are bound form a ring;
- each of L1, L2, L3, and L4 is independently a linking group; and
- each of Cy1, Cy2, Cy3, and Cy4 is independently a cyclic group, or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
- The method of embodiment 27, wherein the compound is a compound of formula:
- The method of any one of embodiments 1-28, wherein the compound is a compound of formula:
- wherein:
-
- X is NH, S, or O;
- Q1 is a ring system;
- R1 is H or -L1-Cy1;
- R2 is H or -L2-Cy2;
- each of L1 and L2 is independently a linking group; and
- each of Cy1 and Cy2 is independently a cyclic group, or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
- The method of any one of embodiments 1-29, wherein the compound is a compound of formula:
- wherein:
-
- X is NH, S, or O;
- each is independently a single bond or a double bond;
- R1 is H or -L1-Cy1;
- R2 is H or -L2-Cy2;
- A1 is C(R1a), C(R1a)(R1b), N, or N(R1a);
- A2 is C(R2a), C(R2a)(R2b), N, or N(R2a);
- A3 is C(R3a), C(R3a)(R3b), N, or N(R3a);
- A4 is C(R4a), C(R4a)(R4b), N, or N(R4a);
- each R1a, R1b, R2a, R2b, R3a, R3b, R4a, and R4b is independently: halogen, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, azido, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonic acid group, an imine group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxaldehyde group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a thioether group, a thioester group, a thioacid group, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, any of which is substituted or unsubstituted, or H, or R1a and R1b together form a carbonyl, a thiocarbonyl, an imine, or an olefin, or R2a and R2b together form a carbonyl, a thiocarbonyl, an imine, or an olefin, or R3a and R3b together form a carbonyl, a thiocarbonyl, an imine, or an olefin, or R4a and R4b together form a carbonyl, a thiocarbonyl, an imine, or an olefin;
- each of L1 and L2 is independently a linking group; and
- each of Cy1 and Cy2 is independently a cyclic group, or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
- The method of embodiment 30, wherein the compound is a compound of formula:
- wherein
-
- each is independently a single, double, or triple bond; and
- each Y1, Y2, Z1, and Z2 is independently: a bond, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, an amino linkage, and ether linkage, a thioether linkage, an ester linkage, a thioester linkage, an amide linkage, a carbamate linkage, a carbonate linkage, a ureido linkage, a sulfoxide linkage, a sulfone linkage, a sulfonamide linkage, or an imine linkage.
- The method of embodiment 31, wherein the compound is a compound of formula:
- wherein: each R1a, R1b, R2a, R2b, R3a, R3b, R4a, and R4b is independently: halogen, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, azido, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonic acid group, an imine group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxaldehyde group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a thioether group, a thioester group, a thioacid group, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, any of which is substituted or unsubstituted, or H.
- The method of embodiment 32, wherein: X is NH, Cy1 is aryl that is unsubstituted or substituted, and Cy2 is aryl that is unsubstituted or substituted.
- The method of embodiment 32, wherein: X is NH, Cy1 is phenyl that is unsubstituted or substituted, and Cy2 is phenyl that is unsubstituted or substituted.
- The method of embodiment 32, wherein each R1a, R2a, R3a, and R4a is independently: F, Cl, Br, I, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, or a carbamate group, any of which is substituted or unsubstituted, or H.
- The method of embodiment 32, wherein each R1a, R2a, R3a, and R4a is H.
- The method of any one of embodiments 1-36, wherein the compound is:
- or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
- The method of any one of embodiments 1-36, wherein the compound is:
- or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
- The method of any one of embodiments 1-36, wherein the compound is:
- or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
- The method of any one of embodiments 1-36, wherein the compound is:
- or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
- A pharmaceutical composition comprising, in a unit dosage form:
- a) a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound of formula:
- wherein:
-
- X is NH, S, or O;
- each is independently a single bond or a double bond;
- R1 is -L1-Cy1;
- R2 is -L2-Cy2;
- A1 is C(R1a), C(R1a)(R1b), N, or N(R1a);
- A2 is C(R2a), C(R2a)(R2b), N, or N(R2a);
- A3 is C(R3a), C(R3a)(R3b), N, or N(R3a);
- A4 is C(R4a), C(R4a)(R4b), N, or N(R4a);
- each R1a, R1b, R2a, R2b, R3a, R3b, R4a, and R4b is independently: halogen, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, azido, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonic acid group, an imine group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxaldehyde group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a thioether group, a thioester group, a thioacid group, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, any of which is substituted or unsubstituted, or H, or R1a and R1b together form a carbonyl, a thiocarbonyl, an imine, or an olefin, or R2a and R2b together form a carbonyl, a thiocarbonyl, an imine, or an olefin, or R3a and R3b together form a carbonyl, a thiocarbonyl, an imine, or an olefin, or R4a and R4b together form a carbonyl, a thiocarbonyl, an imine, or an olefin;
- each of L1 and L2 is independently a linking group; and
- each of Cy1 and Cy2 is independently a cyclic group, or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof; and
- b) a pharmaceutically-acceptable excipient.
- The pharmaceutical composition of embodiment 41, wherein the compound is a compound of formula:
-
- each is independently a single, double, or triple bond; and
- each Y1, Y2, Z1, and Z2 is independently: a bond, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, an amino linkage, and ether linkage, a thioether linkage, an ester linkage, a thioester linkage, an amide linkage, a carbamate linkage, a carbonate linkage, a ureido linkage, a sulfoxide linkage, a sulfone linkage, a sulfonamide linkage, or an imine linkage.
- The pharmaceutical composition of any one of embodiments 41-42, wherein the compound is a compound of formula:
- wherein: each R1a, R1b, R2a, R2b, R3a, R3b, R4a, and R4b is independently: halogen, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, azido, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonic acid group, an imine group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxaldehyde group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a thioether group, a thioester group, a thioacid group, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, any of which is substituted or unsubstituted, or H.
- The pharmaceutical composition of embodiment 43, wherein: X is NH, Cy1 is aryl that is unsubstituted or substituted, and Cy2 is aryl that is unsubstituted or substituted.
- The pharmaceutical composition of embodiment 43, wherein: X is NH, Cy1 is phenyl that is unsubstituted or substituted, and Cy2 is phenyl that is unsubstituted or substituted.
- The pharmaceutical composition of embodiment 43, wherein each R1a, R2a, R3a, and R4a is independently: F, Cl, Br, I, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, or a carbamate group, any of which is substituted or unsubstituted, or H.
- The pharmaceutical composition of embodiment 43, wherein each R1a, R2a, R3a, and R4a is H.
- The pharmaceutical composition of any one of embodiments 41-47, wherein the compound is:
- or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
- The pharmaceutical composition of any one of embodiments 41-47, wherein the compound is:
- or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
- The pharmaceutical composition of any one of embodiments 41-47, wherein the compound is:
- or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
- The pharmaceutical composition of any one of embodiments 41-47, wherein the compound is:
- or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
- The pharmaceutical composition of any one of embodiments 41-51, further comprising an antibiotic.
- The pharmaceutical composition of embodiment 52, wherein the antibiotic is polymyxin B or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
- The pharmaceutical composition of any one of embodiments 41-53, wherein the therapeutically-effective amount is from about 5 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg.
- The pharmaceutical composition of any one of embodiments 41-54, wherein the pharmaceutically-acceptable excipient is an oily carrier.
- A method of treating a condition, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound of formula:
- wherein:
-
- X is NH, S, or O;
- each is independently a single bond or a double bond;
- R1 is -L1-Cy1;
- R2 is -L2-Cy2;
- A1 is C(R1a), C(R1a)(R1b), N, or N(R1a);
- A2 is C(R2a), C(R2a)(R2b), N, or N(R2a);
- A3 is C(R3a), C(R3a)(R3b), N, or N(R3a);
- A4 is C(R4a), C(R4a)(R4b), N, or N(R4a);
- each R1a, R1b, R2a, R2b, R3a, R3b, R4a, and R4b is independently: halogen, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, azido, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonic acid group, an imine group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxaldehyde group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a thioether group, a thioester group, a thioacid group, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, any of which is substituted or unsubstituted, or H, or R1a and R1b together form a carbonyl, a thiocarbonyl, an imine, or an olefin, or R2a and R2b together form a carbonyl, a thiocarbonyl, an imine, or an olefin, or R3a and R3b together form a carbonyl, a thiocarbonyl, an imine, or an olefin, or R4a and R4b together form a carbonyl, a thiocarbonyl, an imine, or an olefin;
- each of L1 and L2 is independently a linking group; and
- each of Cy1 and Cy2 is independently a cyclic group, or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
- The method of embodiment 56, wherein the compound is a compound of formula:
- wherein:
-
- each is independently a single, double, or triple bond; and
- each Y1, Y2, Z1, and Z2 is independently: a bond, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, an amino linkage, and ether linkage, a thioether linkage, an ester linkage, a thioester linkage, an amide linkage, a carbamate linkage, a carbonate linkage, a ureido linkage, a sulfoxide linkage, a sulfone linkage, a sulfonamide linkage, or an imine linkage.
- The method of any one of embodiments 56-57, wherein the compound is a compound of formula:
- wherein: each R1a, R1b, R2a, R2b, R3a, R3b, R4a, and R4b is independently: halogen, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, azido, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonic acid group, an imine group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxaldehyde group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a thioether group, a thioester group, a thioacid group, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, any of which is substituted or unsubstituted, or H.
- The method of embodiment 58, wherein: X is NH, Cy1 is aryl that is unsubstituted or substituted, and Cy2 is aryl that is unsubstituted or substituted.
- The method of embodiment 58, wherein: X is NH, Cy1 is phenyl that is unsubstituted or substituted, and Cy2 is phenyl that is unsubstituted or substituted.
- The method of embodiment 58, wherein each R1a, R2a, R3a, and R4a is independently: F, Cl, Br, I, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, or a carbamate group, any of which is substituted or unsubstituted, or H.
- The method of embodiment 58, wherein each R1a, R2a, R3a, and R4a is H.
- The method of any one of embodiments 56-62, wherein the compound is:
- The method of any one of embodiments 56-62 wherein the compound is:
- The method of any one of embodiments 56-62, wherein the compound is:
- The method of any one of embodiments 56-62, wherein the compound is:
- The method of any one of embodiments 56-66, wherein the therapeutically-effective amount is from about 5 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg.
- The method of any one of embodiments 56-67, wherein the subject is human.
- The method of any one of embodiments 56-68, further comprising irradiating the compound after administration to the subject.
- The method of embodiment 69, wherein the compound is irradiated with light having a wavelength of about 200 to about 800 nm.
- The method of any one of embodiments 56-70, wherein the administration is oral.
- The method of any one of embodiments 56-70, wherein the administration is intravenous.
- The method of any one of embodiments 56-70, wherein the administration is subcutaneous.
- The method of any one of embodiments 56-70, wherein the administration is topical.
- The method of any one of embodiments 56-74, wherein the administration occurs via an oily carrier.
- The method of any one of embodiments 56-75, wherein the condition is a cancer.
- A method of reducing drug resistance in a cell, the method comprising contacting the cell with a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound that binds a biological structure that reduces a drug resistance mechanism in the cell, wherein the compound is more therapeutically-effective in the presence of light than in the dark.
- A method of increasing the activity of a therapeutic first compound in a cell, the method comprising contacting the cell with a therapeutically-effective amount of the therapeutic first compound and a therapeutically-effective amount of a second compound, wherein the therapeutic first compound has a therapeutic effect that is greater than the therapeutic effect in absence of the second compound, wherein the second compound is more effective in the presence of light than in the dark.
- A method of treating a condition, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound that binds a biological structure, thereby decreasing drug resistance in a cell, and a therapeutically-effective amount of a second agent.
- The method of embodiment 80, wherein the subject is human.
- The method of any one of embodiments 80-81, wherein the compound that binds the biological structure is more effective in the presence of light than in the dark.
- The method of embodiment 82, further comprising irradiating the compound with light having a wavelength of about 200 to about 800 nm.
- The method of any one of embodiments 80-84, wherein the condition is caused by a microbe.
- The method of embodiment 84, wherein the microbe is a bacterium.
- The method of embodiment 84, wherein the microbe is Gram-positive bacterium.
- The method of embodiment 84, wherein the microbe is Gram-negative bacterium.
- The method of embodiment 84, wherein the microbe is drug-resistant bacterium.
- The method of embodiment 84, wherein the microbe is methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus.
- The method of embodiment 84, wherein the microbe is Acinetobacter baumannii.
- The method of embodiment 84, wherein the microbe is Escherichia coli.
- The method of any one of embodiments 80-91, wherein the biological structure is an efflux pump.
- The method of any one of embodiments 80-92, wherein the compound lessens an activity of a drug resistance mechanism in the microbe.
- The method of any one of embodiments 80-93, wherein the second agent is an antibiotic.
- The method of any one of embodiment 94, wherein the antibiotic is polymyxin B or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
- The method of any one of embodiments 94-95, wherein the compound and the second agent are administered in a common unit dosage form.
- The method of any one of embodiments 80-96, wherein the administration is oral.
- The method of any one of embodiments 80-96, wherein the administration is intravenous.
- The method of any one of embodiments 80-96, wherein the administration is subcutaneous.
- The method of any one of embodiments 80-96, wherein the administration is topical.
- The method of any one of embodiments 80-100, wherein the administration occurs via an oily carrier.
- The method of any one of embodiments 80-101, wherein the therapeutically-effective amount of the compound is from about 5 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg.
- The method of any one of embodiments 80-95, wherein the method further comprises irradiating the compound that binds a biological structure and the antibiotic.
- The method of any one of embodiment 80-95, wherein the compound is a compound of formula:
- wherein:
-
- R1 is hydrogen or an ester group;
- R2 is hydrogen, halogen, or L1-Ar1;
- R3 is hydrogen, halogen, or L2-Ar2;
- or R2 and R3 together with the atoms to which R2 and R3 are bound form a substituted or unsubstituted ring;
- each L1 and L2 is independently a linking group or a bond;
- Ar1 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group;
- Ar2 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group wherein Ar2 is not substituted with an amide, amine, nitro, imine, or ester group;
- each A1, A2, A3, and A4 is independently C(R1a), C(R1a)(R1b), N, or N(R1a);
- each R1a and R1b is independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, azido, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonic acid group, an imine group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxaldehyde group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a thioether group, a thioester group, a thioacid group, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, any of which is substituted or unsubstituted; and
- each is independently a single or double bond,
or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof, wherein the compound is not:
- The method of embodiment 104, wherein when Ar1 is phenyl brominated at one position, then Ar2 is substituted on at least one position.
- The method of embodiment 104, wherein when Ar1 is phenyl substituted with one methoxy group, then Ar2 is substituted on at least one position.
- The method of embodiment 104, wherein Ar1 is substituted, and Ar2 is substituted.
- The method of embodiment 104, wherein Ar1 is unsubstituted, and Ar2 is unsubstituted.
- The method of embodiment 104, wherein both L1 and L2 are independently
- The method of embodiment 109, wherein both Ar1 and Ar2 are independently substituted with hydrogen, halogen, or alkyloxy.
- The method of embodiment 104, wherein each linking group is independently alkylene, alkenylene, O, S, SO2, CO, N2, or a bond.
-
- The method of any one of embodiments 80-112, wherein the compound is:
- The method of any one of embodiments 80-112, wherein the compound is:
- The method of any one of embodiments 80-112, wherein the compound is:
- The method of any one of embodiments 80-112, wherein the compound is:
- The method of any one of embodiments 80-112, wherein the compound is:
- A compound of the formula:
- wherein:
-
- R1 is hydrogen or an ester group;
- R2 is hydrogen, halogen, or L1-Ar1;
- R3 is hydrogen, halogen, or L2-Ar2;
- or R2 and R3 together with the atoms to which R2 and R3 are bound form a substituted or unsubstituted ring;
- each L1 and L2 is independently a linking group or a bond;
- Ar1 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group;
- Ar2 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group wherein Ar2 is not substituted with an amide, amine, nitro, imine, or ester group;
- each A1, A2, A3, and A4 is independently C(R1a), C(R1a)(R1b), N, or N(R1a);
- each R1a and R1b is independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, azido, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonic acid group, an imine group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxaldehyde group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a thioether group, a thioester group, a thioacid group, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, any of which is substituted or unsubstituted; and
- each is independently a single or double bond,
or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof, wherein the compound is not:
- The compound of embodiment 120, wherein when Ar1 is phenyl brominated at one position, then Ar2 is substituted on at least one position.
- The compound of embodiment 120, wherein when Ar1 is phenyl substituted with one methoxy group, then Ar2 is substituted on at least one position.
- The compound of embodiment 120, wherein Ar1 is substituted, and Ar2 is substituted.
- The compound of embodiment 120, wherein Ar1 is unsubstituted, and Ar2 is unsubstituted.
- The compound of embodiment 120, wherein both L1 and L2 are independently
- The compound of embodiment 125, wherein both Ar1 and Ar2 are independently substituted with hydrogen, halogen, or alkyloxy.
- The compound of embodiment 120, wherein each linking group is independently alkylene, alkenylene, O, S, SO2, CO, N2, or a bond.
-
- The compound of embodiment 120-128, wherein the compound is:
- The compound of embodiment 120-128, wherein the compound is:
- The compound of embodiment 120-128, wherein the compound is:
- The compound of embodiment 120-128, wherein the compound is:
- The compound of embodiment 120-128, wherein the compound is:
- The method of any one of embodiments 1-25, wherein the compound is a compound of the formula:
- wherein:
-
- R1 is hydrogen or an ester group;
- R2 is hydrogen, halogen, or L1-Ar1;
- R3 is hydrogen, halogen, or L2-Ar2;
- or R2 and R3 together with the atoms to which R2 and R3 are bound form a substituted or unsubstituted ring;
- each L1 and L2 is independently a linking group or a bond;
- each Ar1 is independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group wherein Ar2 is not substituted with an amide, amine, nitro, imine, or an ester group; each Ar2 is independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group wherein Ar2 is not substituted with an amide, amine, nitro, imine, or an ester group;
- each A1, A2, A3, and A4 is independently C(R1a), C(R1a)(R1b), N, or N(R1a);
- each R1a and R1b is independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, azido, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonic acid group, an imine group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxaldehyde group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a thioether group, a thioester group, a thioacid group, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, any of which is substituted or unsubstituted; and
- each is independently a single or double bond,
or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof, wherein the compound is not:
- The compound of embodiment 140, wherein when Ar1 is phenyl brominated at one position, then Ar2 is substituted on at least one position.
- The compound of embodiment 140, wherein when Ar1 is phenyl substituted with one methoxy group, then Ar2 is substituted on at least one position.
- The compound of embodiment 140, wherein Ar1 is substituted, and Ar2 is substituted.
- The compound of embodiment 140, wherein Ar1 is unsubstituted, and Ar2 is unsubstituted.
- The compound of embodiment 134, wherein both L1 and L2 are independently
- The compound of embodiment 139, wherein both Ar1 and Ar2 are independently substituted with hydrogen, halogen, or alkyloxy.
- The compound of embodiment 134, wherein each linking group is independently alkylene, alkenylene, O, S, SO2, CO, N2, or a bond.
-
- The compound of any one of embodiments 140-149, wherein the compound is:
- The compound of any one of embodiments 140-149, wherein the compound is:
- The compound of any one of embodiments 140-149, wherein the compound is:
- The compound of any one of embodiments 140-149, wherein the compound is:
- The compound of any one of embodiments 140-149, wherein the compound is:
Claims (21)
1-52. (canceled)
53. A method of treating a condition, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound and a therapeutically-effective amount of a second agent, wherein the compound is of the formula:
wherein:
R1 is hydrogen or an ester group;
R2 is hydrogen, halogen, or L1-Ar1;
R3 is hydrogen, halogen, or L2-Ar2;
each L1 and L2 is independently alkylene, alkenylene, O, S, SO2, CO, N2 or a bond;
Ar1 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group;
Ar2 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group wherein Ar2 is not substituted with an amide, amine, nitro, imine, or ester group;
each A1, A2, A3, and A4 is independently C(R1a), C(R1a)(R1b), N, or N(R1a);
each R1a and R1b is independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, azido, a sulfoxide group, a sulfone group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonic acid group, an imine group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, an alkoxy group, an ether group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxaldehyde group, an ester group, an amine group, an amide group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a thioether group, a thioester group, a thioacid group, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, heteroaryl, or heteroarylalkyl, any of which is substituted or unsubstituted; and
or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof, wherein the compound is not:
55. The method of claim 53 , further comprising irradiating the compound with light having a wavelength of about 200 nm to about 800 nm.
56. The method of claim 53 , wherein the condition is an infection.
57. The method of claim 56 , wherein the infection is caused by a microbe.
58. The method of claim 57 , wherein the microbe is a bacterium.
59. The method of claim 57 , wherein the microbe is a Gram-positive bacterium.
60. The method of claim 57 , wherein the microbe is a Gram-negative bacterium.
61. The method of claim 57 , wherein the microbe is a drug resistant bacterium.
62. The method of claim 57 , wherein the microbe is methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus.
63. The method of claim 57 , wherein the microbe is Acinetobacter baumannii.
64. The method of claim 53 , wherein the compound binds a biological structure.
65. The method of claim 64 , wherein the biological structure is an efflux pump.
66. The method of claim 53 , wherein the compound decreases an activity of a drug resistance mechanism in a microbe.
67. The method of claim 53 , wherein the second agent is polymyxin B or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
68. The method of claim 53 , wherein the compound and the second agent are administered in a common unit dosage form.
69. The method of claim 53 , wherein the administration is oral.
70. The method of claim 53 , wherein the administration is intravenous.
71. The method of claim 53 , wherein the administration is subcutaneous.
72. The method of claim 53 , wherein the administration is topical.
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US16/266,684 US20190337893A1 (en) | 2015-04-20 | 2019-02-04 | Antibiotic sensitivity-restoring and photosensitive agents |
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US201562149738P | 2015-04-20 | 2015-04-20 | |
| US201662306165P | 2016-03-10 | 2016-03-10 | |
| US15/133,430 US9834514B2 (en) | 2015-04-20 | 2016-04-20 | Antibiotic sensitivity-restoring and photosensitive agents |
| US15/798,545 US10239834B2 (en) | 2015-04-20 | 2017-10-31 | Antibiotic sensitivity-restoring and photosensitive agents |
| US16/266,684 US20190337893A1 (en) | 2015-04-20 | 2019-02-04 | Antibiotic sensitivity-restoring and photosensitive agents |
Related Parent Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US15/798,545 Continuation US10239834B2 (en) | 2015-04-20 | 2017-10-31 | Antibiotic sensitivity-restoring and photosensitive agents |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| US20190337893A1 true US20190337893A1 (en) | 2019-11-07 |
Family
ID=57128517
Family Applications (3)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US15/133,430 Active US9834514B2 (en) | 2015-04-20 | 2016-04-20 | Antibiotic sensitivity-restoring and photosensitive agents |
| US15/798,545 Active US10239834B2 (en) | 2015-04-20 | 2017-10-31 | Antibiotic sensitivity-restoring and photosensitive agents |
| US16/266,684 Abandoned US20190337893A1 (en) | 2015-04-20 | 2019-02-04 | Antibiotic sensitivity-restoring and photosensitive agents |
Family Applications Before (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US15/133,430 Active US9834514B2 (en) | 2015-04-20 | 2016-04-20 | Antibiotic sensitivity-restoring and photosensitive agents |
| US15/798,545 Active US10239834B2 (en) | 2015-04-20 | 2017-10-31 | Antibiotic sensitivity-restoring and photosensitive agents |
Country Status (5)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (3) | US9834514B2 (en) |
| EP (1) | EP3285796A4 (en) |
| JP (1) | JP2018513193A (en) |
| CN (1) | CN107735101B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2016172193A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2018513193A (en) * | 2015-04-20 | 2018-05-24 | ニューメキシコ テック リサーチ ファウンデーションNew Mexico Tech Research Foundation | Antibiotic sensitivity recovery and photosensitizer |
| EP4007582A1 (en) | 2019-08-02 | 2022-06-08 | Koite Health Oy | Method of enhancing the antimicrobial action of systemically administered antibiotics |
| CN115181050B (en) * | 2022-08-03 | 2024-01-30 | 石河子大学 | Preparation method and application of 2-phenylindole derivative |
| CN120093736A (en) * | 2025-03-06 | 2025-06-06 | 扬州大学 | Application of indole compounds with electron-withdrawing groups in inhibiting plasmid conjugative transfer |
Family Cites Families (14)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US3978224A (en) | 1975-07-01 | 1976-08-31 | Schering Corporation | Antimicrobial halo-substituted-2-cyanoethylaminoalkyl-3-phenyl-indoles |
| AU5420494A (en) | 1992-11-02 | 1994-05-24 | Yves Claude Nicolau | Method of reducing multidrug resistance in cells and tissues |
| WO2004062674A2 (en) * | 2003-01-07 | 2004-07-29 | Paratek Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Substituted polyamines as inhibitors of bacterial efflux pumps |
| US7825136B2 (en) * | 2003-07-10 | 2010-11-02 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Potentiators of antibacterial activity |
| EP1874801A4 (en) | 2005-03-07 | 2009-03-25 | Univ North Carolina | RECA ACTIVITY INHIBITORS TO CONTROL ANTIBIOTIC-RESISTANT BACTERIAL PATHOGENS |
| US20120135092A1 (en) | 2005-03-07 | 2012-05-31 | Scott Fain Singleton | INHIBITORS OF RecA ACTIVITIES FOR CONTROL OF ANTIBIOTIC-RESISTANT BACTERIAL PATHOGENS |
| WO2008019292A2 (en) | 2006-08-04 | 2008-02-14 | Trustees Of Boston University | Compositions and methods for potentiating antibiotic activity |
| US8268865B2 (en) * | 2007-05-11 | 2012-09-18 | Rempex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Quaternary alkyl ammonium bacterial efflux pump inhibitors and therapeutic uses thereof |
| WO2010054102A2 (en) * | 2008-11-05 | 2010-05-14 | Mpex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Polybasic bacterial efflux pump inhibitors and therapeutic uses thereof |
| DK2512461T3 (en) * | 2009-12-18 | 2014-01-13 | Colgate Palmolive Co | Chalcones as enhancers of antimicrobial agents |
| US20130331384A1 (en) * | 2011-02-15 | 2013-12-12 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Firmocidin, an antimicrobial molecule produced by staphylococcus epidermidis |
| US9282738B2 (en) * | 2011-07-11 | 2016-03-15 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Antimicrobial compositions and methods of use thereof |
| JP6678599B2 (en) * | 2014-06-13 | 2020-04-08 | ユニバーシティー オブ ロチェスター | Small molecule efflux pump inhibitor |
| JP2018513193A (en) * | 2015-04-20 | 2018-05-24 | ニューメキシコ テック リサーチ ファウンデーションNew Mexico Tech Research Foundation | Antibiotic sensitivity recovery and photosensitizer |
-
2016
- 2016-04-20 JP JP2017555572A patent/JP2018513193A/en active Pending
- 2016-04-20 EP EP16783753.3A patent/EP3285796A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2016-04-20 CN CN201680036144.XA patent/CN107735101B/en active Active
- 2016-04-20 US US15/133,430 patent/US9834514B2/en active Active
- 2016-04-20 WO PCT/US2016/028418 patent/WO2016172193A1/en not_active Ceased
-
2017
- 2017-10-31 US US15/798,545 patent/US10239834B2/en active Active
-
2019
- 2019-02-04 US US16/266,684 patent/US20190337893A1/en not_active Abandoned
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| WO2016172193A1 (en) | 2016-10-27 |
| JP2018513193A (en) | 2018-05-24 |
| US20180155286A1 (en) | 2018-06-07 |
| EP3285796A4 (en) | 2018-12-12 |
| CN107735101A (en) | 2018-02-23 |
| US9834514B2 (en) | 2017-12-05 |
| US20160304453A1 (en) | 2016-10-20 |
| EP3285796A1 (en) | 2018-02-28 |
| CN107735101B (en) | 2022-11-04 |
| US10239834B2 (en) | 2019-03-26 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US20190337893A1 (en) | Antibiotic sensitivity-restoring and photosensitive agents | |
| Bazina et al. | Discovery of novel quaternary ammonium compounds based on quinuclidine-3-ol as new potential antimicrobial candidates | |
| CN109820853B (en) | Use of substituted heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of cancer | |
| EP3054954A1 (en) | Hdac inhibitors, alone or in combination with btk inhibitors, for treating non-hodgkin's lymphoma | |
| CN107438436A (en) | Combination of histone deacetylase inhibitors and bendamustine for the treatment of lymphoma | |
| US20190002429A1 (en) | Derivatives of Xanthone Compounds | |
| WO2013185124A1 (en) | Antimicrobial compounds, compositions and methods of use thereof | |
| EP3011972B1 (en) | Medicinal composition for promoting synthesis of protoporphyrin ix | |
| WO2024105225A1 (en) | Synergistic combinations of a sigma receptor 1 (s1r) antagonist and a soluble epoxide hydrolase inhibitor (sehi) and their use in the treatment of pain | |
| US10329262B2 (en) | Quinazolinone antibiotics | |
| BRPI1106121A2 (en) | pharmaceutical compositions containing 11,12-pyrazolimidocycline and use for neuropathic pain relief | |
| JP6590924B2 (en) | Synergistic composition for treating microbial infection | |
| US7259167B2 (en) | Antimalarial and antiproliferative pharmacophore models, novel tryptanthrin compounds having increased solubility, and methods of making and using thereof | |
| US11718585B2 (en) | Bis-cyclic guanidines as antibacterial agents | |
| US20240010619A1 (en) | Small molecules with antibacterial activity | |
| JP2024530662A (en) | Disulfide Compounds as Medicinal Compounds | |
| RU2314807C2 (en) | Method for applying combined antitumor therapy including substituted acryloyl distacmycin derivatives usage and radiation therapy | |
| KR101647899B1 (en) | Pharmaceutical composition for preventing or treating for Helicobacter pylori infectious diseases | |
| JP2023548809A (en) | Pentamidine analogs and methods for treating infections | |
| Cai et al. | Bis-cyclic guanidines as antibacterial agents | |
| US20250270193A1 (en) | Arylimidamides for use in treatment of cancers | |
| KR101649675B1 (en) | Composition for antibiotics against Staphylococcus aureus | |
| US20230278971A1 (en) | Compounds affecting pigment production and methods for treatment of bacterial diseases | |
| Bremner | Antibacterial Combinations | |
| AU2011316657B8 (en) | Methods of treating giardiasis |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
| STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |